681746
399
Verklein
Vergroot
Pagina terug
1/402
Pagina verder
Online User's Guide
HL-L8260CDW
HL-L8360CDW
HL-L9310CDW
© 2017 Brother Industries, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Before You Use Your Brother Machine ............................................................................................... 1
Definitions of Notes ........................................................................................................................................ 2
Trademarks .................................................................................................................................................... 3
Important Note ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Introduction to Your Brother Machine................................................................................................. 5
Before Using Your Machine ........................................................................................................................... 6
Front View and Back View ............................................................................................................................. 7
Control Panel Overview ................................................................................................................................. 9
Touchscreen LCD Overview......................................................................................................................... 13
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD ....................................................................................................... 15
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) ............................................................................................................ 17
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®) .................................................................... 19
Paper Handling.................................................................................................................................... 20
Load Paper................................................................................................................................................... 21
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 22
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) .................................................................... 26
Paper Settings.............................................................................................................................................. 34
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type............................................................................................ 35
Change the Check Paper Size Setting............................................................................................... 36
Unprintable Area .......................................................................................................................................... 37
Recommended Print Media.......................................................................................................................... 38
Using Special Paper..................................................................................................................................... 39
Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 40
Print from Your Computer (Windows®) ........................................................................................................ 41
Print a Document (Windows®)............................................................................................................ 42
Print Settings (Windows®).................................................................................................................. 44
Secure Print (Windows®).................................................................................................................... 48
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®).................................................................................. 50
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3 Language Emulation)
(Windows®) ........................................................................................................................................ 52
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®) ................................................ 53
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)......................................................................................................... 54
Print a Document (Macintosh)............................................................................................................ 55
Print Options (Macintosh)................................................................................................................... 56
Secure Print (Macintosh).................................................................................................................... 62
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3 language emulation)
(Macintosh)......................................................................................................................................... 64
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Macintosh)................................................. 65
Cancel a Print Job........................................................................................................................................ 67
Test Print ...................................................................................................................................................... 68
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive ...................................................................................... 69
Compatible USB Flash Drives...................................................................................................................... 70
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage........................... 71
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®) ....................................................................................... 74
Home > Table of Contents
i
Network ................................................................................................................................................ 75
Supported Basic Network Features ............................................................................................................. 76
Network Management Software and Utilities ............................................................................................... 77
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities ................................................................. 78
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network ...................................... 79
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network..................................................... 80
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network................................................................................ 81
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS).................................................................................................................................... 82
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS).................................................................................................................................... 84
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard . 88
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast .......................... 91
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network ............................................................ 94
Use Wi-Fi Direct®............................................................................................................................... 99
Advanced Network Features...................................................................................................................... 112
Print the Network Configuration Report............................................................................................ 113
Print the WLAN Report..................................................................................................................... 114
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management ....................................................... 117
Technical Information for Advanced Users................................................................................................. 119
Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network Only) ............................................................................................ 120
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings......................................................................... 122
Security .............................................................................................................................................. 123
Lock the Machine Settings ......................................................................................................................... 124
Setting Lock Overview...................................................................................................................... 125
Network Security Features......................................................................................................................... 129
Before Using Network Security Features ......................................................................................... 130
Secure Function Lock 3.0................................................................................................................. 131
Use Active Directory® Authentication............................................................................................... 137
Use LDAP Authentication................................................................................................................. 141
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS............................................................... 145
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec .................................................................... 178
Send an Email Securely ................................................................................................................... 196
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network ............................................... 201
Store Print Log to Network ............................................................................................................... 206
Mobile/Web Connect..........................................................................................................................211
Brother Web Connect................................................................................................................................. 212
Brother Web Connect Overview....................................................................................................... 213
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect............................................................................ 214
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect...................................................................................... 216
Set Up Brother Web Connect........................................................................................................... 220
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect ......................................................... 229
Google Cloud Print..................................................................................................................................... 231
Google Cloud Print Overview ........................................................................................................... 232
Before Using Google Cloud Print ..................................................................................................... 233
Print from Google Chrome or Chrome OS................................................................................. 237
Print from Google Drive for Mobile ................................................................................................ 238
Home > Table of Contents
ii
Print from Gmail Webmail Service for Mobile................................................................................ 239
AirPrint ....................................................................................................................................................... 240
AirPrint Overview.............................................................................................................................. 241
Before Using AirPrint........................................................................................................................ 242
Print Using AirPrint ........................................................................................................................... 245
Mobile Printing for Windows®.................................................................................................................... 249
Mopria® Print Service................................................................................................................................. 250
Brother iPrint&Scan.................................................................................................................................... 251
Near-Field Communication (NFC).............................................................................................................. 252
Register an External IC Card Reader............................................................................................... 253
Troubleshooting ................................................................................................................................ 254
Error and Maintenance Messages ............................................................................................................. 255
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature .............................................................. 264
Paper Jams ................................................................................................................................................ 266
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray ...................................................................................................... 267
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray ................................................................................................. 268
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine .................................................................................. 270
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine .............................................................................................. 272
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray.................................................................................. 275
Printing Problems....................................................................................................................................... 277
Improve the Print Quality............................................................................................................................ 280
Network Problems...................................................................................................................................... 286
Error Messages ................................................................................................................................ 287
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®) .................................................................... 290
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings? ........................................................... 291
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration........................................................ 292
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network ........................................................................ 294
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly ................................................... 296
Google Cloud Print Problems..................................................................................................................... 297
AirPrint Problems ....................................................................................................................................... 298
Other Problems .......................................................................................................................................... 299
Check the Machine Information ................................................................................................................. 301
Reset Functions ......................................................................................................................................... 302
Machine Reset ................................................................................................................................. 303
Network Reset.................................................................................................................................. 304
Factory Reset ................................................................................................................................... 305
Routine Maintenance ........................................................................................................................ 306
Replace Supplies ....................................................................................................................................... 307
Replace the Toner Cartridge ............................................................................................................ 309
Replace the Drum Unit ..................................................................................................................... 312
Replace the Belt Unit........................................................................................................................ 316
Replace the Waste Toner Box.......................................................................................................... 319
Clean the Machine ..................................................................................................................................... 323
Clean the Laser Scanner Windows .................................................................................................. 325
Clean the Touchscreen LCD ............................................................................................................ 328
Clean the Corona Wires ................................................................................................................... 329
Clean the Drum Unit......................................................................................................................... 331
Home > Table of Contents
iii
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers ...................................................................................................... 339
Calibrate Colour Output ............................................................................................................................. 340
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings......................................................................................... 341
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration) ................................................................................ 342
Check the Remaining Part Life .................................................................................................................. 343
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine ........................................................................................................ 344
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts ......................................................................................................... 346
Machine Settings............................................................................................................................... 347
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel ..................................................................................... 348
General Settings............................................................................................................................... 349
Settings and Features Tables........................................................................................................... 358
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer......................................................................................... 378
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management ............................................................ 379
Appendix............................................................................................................................................ 383
Specifications ............................................................................................................................................. 384
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine .............................................................................................. 389
Supplies ..................................................................................................................................................... 391
Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life...................................................................................... 393
Accessories................................................................................................................................................ 394
Information Regarding Recycled Paper ..................................................................................................... 395
Brother Numbers........................................................................................................................................ 396
Home > Table of Contents
iv
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
Definitions of Notes
Trademarks
Important Note
1
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Definitions of Notes
Definitions of Notes
We use the following symbols and conventions throughout this User's Guide:
WARNING WARNING indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could
result in death or serious injuries.
CAUTION CAUTION indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in minor or moderate injuries.
IMPORTANT IMPORTANT indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may
result in damage to property or loss of product functionality.
NOTE NOTE specifies the operating environment, conditions for installation, or special
conditions of use.
Tips icons indicate helpful hints and supplementary information.
Electrical Hazard icons alert you to possible electrical shock.
Fire Hazard icons alert you to the possibility of a fire.
Hot Surface icons warn you not to touch hot machine parts.
Prohibition icons indicate actions you must not perform.
Bold Bold style identifies buttons on the machine's control panel or computer screen.
Italics Italicised style emphasises an important point or refers you to a related topic.
Courier New Courier New font identifies messages shown on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
2
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Trademarks
Trademarks
BROTHER is either a trademark or a registered trademark of Brother Industries, Ltd.
Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, Internet Explorer, Active Directory, OneNote and OneDrive are either
registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
Apple, Macintosh, Safari, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the United
States and other countries.
AirPrint and macOS are trademarks of Apple Inc.
PostScript and PostScript 3 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in
the United States and/or other countries.
Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi Alliance and Wi-Fi Direct are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance®.
WPA, WPA2, Wi-Fi CERTIFIED, Wi-Fi Protected Setup and Wi-Fi Protected Setup logo are trademarks of Wi-Fi
Alliance®.
Android, Gmail, Google Cloud Print, Google Drive, Google Chrome, Chrome OS and Google Play are
trademarks of Google, Inc. Use of these trademarks is subject to Google Permissions.
Mopria® is a registered trademark and a service mark of Mopria Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other
countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
Mozilla and Firefox are registered trademarks of the Mozilla Foundation.
Intel is a trademark of Intel Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
Evernote is a trademark of Evernote Corporation and used under a license.
The Bluetooth word mark is owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by Brother Industries,
Ltd. is under license.
PictBridge is a trademark.
Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its
proprietary programs.
Any trade names and product names of companies appearing on Brother products, related documents
and any other materials are all trademarks or registered trademarks of those respective companies.
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
3
Home > Before You Use Your Brother Machine > Important Note
Important Note
Do not use this product outside the country of purchase as it may violate the wireless telecommunication and
power regulations of that country.
Not all models are available in all countries.
Windows® 10 in this document represents Windows® 10 Home, Windows® 10 Pro, Windows® 10 Education
and Windows® 10 Enterprise.
Windows Server® 2008 in this document represents Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2.
In this User's Guide, the LCD messages of the HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW are used unless otherwise
specified.
In this User's Guide, the illustrations of the HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW are used unless otherwise
specified.
The screens in this User's Guide are for illustration purposes only and may differ from the actual screens.
Unless otherwise specified, the screens in this manual are from Windows® 7 and macOS v10.10.5 Screens
on your computer may vary depending on your operating system.
The contents of this guide and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice.
Not all features are available in countries subject to applicable export restrictions.
Related Information
Before You Use Your Brother Machine
4
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Front View and Back View
Control Panel Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
5
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Before Using Your Machine
Before Using Your Machine
Before attempting any printing operation, confirm the following:
Make sure you have installed the printer driver.
For USB or network cable users: Make sure the interface cable is physically secure.
Firewall (Windows®)
If your computer is protected by a firewall and you are unable to network print, you may need to configure the
firewall settings. If you are using the Windows® Firewall and you installed the drivers using the steps in the
installer, the necessary firewall settings have been already set. If you are using any other personal firewall
software, see the User's Guide for your software or contact the software manufacturer.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
6
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Front View and Back View
Front View and Back View
HL-L8260CDW
Front View
5
4
3
6
1
7
2
8
Back View
12
11
9
10
1. Face down output tray support flap (support flap)
2. Face down output tray
3. Front cover release button
4. Front cover
5. Paper tray
6. Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
7. USB accessory port
8. Control panel with a Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
9. USB port
10. (For wired network models)
10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX / 1000BASE-T port (supported models only)
11. AC power connector / cord
12. Back cover (Face up output tray)
7
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Front View
5
4
3
6
1
7
2
8
Back View
13
12
9
10
11
1. Face down output tray support flap (support flap)
2. Face down output tray
3. Front cover release button
4. Front cover
5. Paper tray
6. Multi-purpose tray (MP tray)
7. USB accessory port
8. Touch panel with a tiltable Touchscreen LCD
9. USB port
10. USB accessory port (HL-L9310CDW)
11. (For wired network models)
10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX / 1000BASE-T port
12. AC power connector / cord
13. Back cover (Face up output tray)
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
8
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Control Panel Overview
Control Panel Overview
The control panel may vary depending on your model.
HL-L8260CDW
1. Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Displays messages to help you set up and use the machine.
Wireless Network Models
A four-level indicator shows the wireless signal strength if you are using a wireless connection.
0 Max
2. Data LED
The Data LED blinks depending on the machine’s status.
When the Data LED is on, data is in the machine’s memory. When the Data LED blinks, the machine is
receiving or processing data.
3. Error LED
The Error LED blinks when the LCD displays an error or an important status message.
4. Menu Buttons
OK
Press to store your machine’s settings. After you change a setting, the machine returns to the previous
menu level.
Back
Press to go back one level in the menu.
Press to select the previous digit when entering numbers.
9
a or b (+ or -)
Press to scroll through menus and options.
Press to enter a number or to increase or decrease the number. Hold down a or b to scroll faster.
When you see the number you want, press OK.
5. Secure
Press to print jobs saved in the machine’s memory when you enter your four-digit password.
6. Go
Press to clear certain error messages. To clear all other errors, follow the LCD instructions.
Press to print any data remaining in the machine's memory.
Press to select the displayed option. After you change a setting, the machine returns to Ready Mode.
7. Cancel
Press to cancel the current setting.
Press to cancel a programmed print job and clear it from the machine’s memory. To cancel multiple print
jobs, hold down Cancel until the LCD displays [Cancel All Jobs].
8. Power On/Off
Turn the machine on by pressing .
Turn the machine off by pressing and holding down .
9. WiFi or Network buttons
Wired Network Models:
Network
Press the Network button to set up wired network settings.
Wireless Network Models:
WiFi
Press to configure a wireless network.
When the WiFi light is on, your Brother machine is connected to a wireless access point. When the WiFi
light blinks, the wireless connection is down, or your machine is in the process of connecting to a wireless
access point.
10
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Touchscreen Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Access menus and options by pressing them on the Touchscreen.
2. Menu buttons
(Back)
Press to go back to the previous menu.
(Home)
Press to return to the Home screen.
(Cancel)
Press to cancel an operation.
3. LED Power Indicator
The LED lights up depending on the machine’s power status.
4. Power On/Off
Turn the machine on by pressing .
Turn the machine off by pressing and holding down .
5. Near Field Communication (NFC) Reader
You can use card authentication by touching the IC card to the NFC Reader on the control panel.
If your Android device supports the NFC feature, you can print from your device in the same way.
11
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
12
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Touchscreen LCD Overview
Touchscreen LCD Overview
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
From the Home screen, access the WiFi setup, Toner level, Settings, and Functions screens.
The Home screen displays the machine's status when the machine is idle. When displayed, this screen indicates
that your machine is ready for the next command.
If Active Directory® Authentication or LDAP Authentication is enabled, the machine's control panel is locked.
The available features vary depending on your model.
1. (Wireless Status )
If you are using a wireless connection, a four-level indicator in the Home screen displays the current wireless
signal strength.
0 Max
If you see at the top on the screen, press to select a wireless connection method, or edit an existing
wireless connection.
2. [Toner]
Displays the remaining toner life. Press to access the [Toner] menu.
3. [Settings]
Press to access the [Settings] menu.
Use the Settings menu to access all of your Brother machine's settings.
If Setting Lock has been turned on, a lock icon appears on the LCD. You must unlock the machine to
change any settings.
4. [Functions]
Press to access the Functions screen.
[Secure Print]
Press to access the Secure Print option.
[Web]
Press to connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
[Direct Print]
13
Press to access the Direct Print menu.
Warning icon
The warning icon appears when there is an error or maintenance message; press to view it, and
then press to return to Ready Mode.
NOTE
This product adopts the font of ARPHIC TECHNOLOGY CO.,LTD.
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
14
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
How to Navigate the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Press your finger on the LCD to operate it. To display and access all the options, press a or b on the LCD to
scroll through them.
The following steps explain how to navigate through changing the machine's setting. In this example, the LCD
Backlight setting is changed from [Light] to [Med]:
IMPORTANT
DO NOT press the LCD with a sharp object such as a pen or stylus. It may damage the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT touch the LCD immediately after plugging in the power cord or turning on the machine. Doing this
may cause an error.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings].
2. Press a or b to display the [General Setup] option, and then press [General Setup].
3. Press a or b to display the [LCD Settings] option, and then press [LCD Settings].
4. Press [Backlight].
15
5. Press[Med].
6. Press .
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
16
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
Brother Utilities is an application launcher that offers convenient access to all Brother applications installed on
your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
(Windows® 7, Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2)
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
(Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012)
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
(Windows® 8.1 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
(Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016)
Click Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Select your machine (where XXXX is the name of your model).
3. Choose the operation you want to use.
17
Related Information
Introduction to Your Brother Machine
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)
18
Home > Introduction to Your Brother Machine > Access Brother Utilities (Windows®) > Uninstall the Brother
Software and Drivers (Windows®)
Uninstall the Brother Software and Drivers (Windows®)
1. Do one of the following:
(Windows® 7, Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2)
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
(Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012)
Tap or click (Brother Utilities) either on the Start screen or the desktop.
(Windows® 8.1 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen).
When the Apps screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities).
(Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016)
Click Brother > Brother Utilities.
2. Click the drop-down list, and then select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Uninstall.
Follow the instructions in the dialog box to uninstall the software and drivers.
Related Information
Access Brother Utilities (Windows®)
19
Home > Paper Handling
Paper Handling
Load Paper
Paper Settings
Unprintable Area
Recommended Print Media
Using Special Paper
20
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper
Load Paper
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
21
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
Printing Problems
Error and Maintenance Messages
22
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper
Tray
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
If the Check Size setting is set to On and you pull the paper tray out of the machine, a message appears
on the LCD asking if you want to change the paper size and paper type. Change the paper size and paper
type settings if needed, following the LCD instructions.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Press and slide the paper guides to fit the paper.
Press the green release levers to slide the paper guides.
3. Fan the stack of paper well.
4. Load paper in the paper tray with the printing surface face down.
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation.See Related
Information: Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper Using the Paper Tray.
5. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
Overfilling the paper tray will cause paper jams.
6. Slowly push the paper tray completely into the machine.
23
7. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the output tray.
Related Information
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper Using the Paper Tray
24
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Paper Tray > Load Paper in the Paper
Tray > Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper Using the Paper Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper
Using the Paper Tray
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.
DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause
the paper to jam or misfeed.
Orientation
For 1-sided printing
face down
top edge toward the front of the paper tray
For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding)
face up
bottom edge toward the front of the paper tray
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [2-sided]. Press OK.
c. Select [Single Image]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to press [2-sided Feed], and then press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2-
sided Feed].
2. Press .
Related Information
Load Paper in the Paper Tray
25
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
You can load letterhead, coloured paper, thin paper, thick paper, recycled paper, bond paper, labels, glossy
paper, up to 50 sheets of plain paper, or up to ten envelopes in the MP tray.
Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Printing Problems
Error and Maintenance Messages
26
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
Plain Paper
Letterhead
Coloured Paper
Thin Paper
Thick Paper
Recycled Paper
Bond
Glossy Paper
1. Lift the support flap to prevent paper from sliding off the face down output tray.
2. Open the MP tray and lower it gently.
3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
2
1
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper you are using. If the paper guide on the right side
has a lever, press it and slide the paper guide.
5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
27
1
2
Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1).
Place the paper's leading edge (top of paper) between the and b arrows (2).
When using glossy paper, load only one sheet at a time in the MP tray to avoid a paper jam.
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper, load the paper in the correct orientation.See Related
Information: Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper Using the MP Tray.
Related Information
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper Using the MP Tray
28
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted
Paper Using the MP Tray
Change Machine Settings to Print on Letterhead or Preprinted Paper
Using the MP Tray
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper for 2-sided printing, change the machine's settings.
DO NOT load different sizes and types of paper in the paper tray at the same time. Doing this may cause
the paper to jam or misfeed.
Orientation
For 1-sided printing
face up
top edge first
For automatic 2-sided printing (long edge binding)
face down
bottom edge first
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [2-sided]. Press OK.
c. Select [Single Image]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to press [2-sided Feed], and then press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [2-sided] > [Single Image] > [2-
sided Feed].
2. Press .
Related Information
Load Paper in the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
29
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Labels Using the MP Tray
When the back cover (face up output tray) is pulled down, the machine has a straight paper path from the MP
tray through to the back of the machine. Use this paper feed and output method when you print on labels.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.
3. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
2
1
4. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the paper that you are using. If the paper guide on the right
side has a lever, press it and slide the paper guide.
5. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
30
2
1
Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (1).
Place the paper's leading edge (top of paper) between the and b arrows (2).
6. Change your print preferences in the Print screen before sending the print job from your computer.
7. Send your print job to the machine.
8. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
31
Home > Paper Handling > Load Paper > Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray) > Load
and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
Load and Print Envelopes Using the MP Tray
You can load up to ten envelopes in the MP tray.
Before loading, press the corners and sides of the envelopes to make them as flat as possible.
When you load a different size and type of paper in the tray, you must also change the Paper Size and Paper
Type settings in the machine, or on your computer.
1. Open the machine's back cover (the face up output tray).
2. Pull down the two grey levers, one on the left side and one on the right side, as shown in the illustration.
3. On the front of the machine, open the MP tray and lower it gently.
4. Pull out the MP tray support (1) and unfold the flap (2).
2
1
5. Slide the MP tray paper guides to fit the width of the envelopes that you are using.
32
6. Load paper with the printing surface face up in the MP tray.
2
1
Load up to 10 envelopes in the MP tray with the printing surface face up. Make sure the envelopes are
below the maximum paper mark (1). Loading more than 10 envelopes may cause paper jams.
Place the paper's leading edge (top of paper) between the and b arrows (2).
7. Change your print preferences in the Print dialog box before sending the print job from your computer.
Settings Options for Envelopes
Paper Size Com-10
DL
C5
Monarch
Media Type Envelopes
Env. Thick
Env. Thin
8. Send your print job to the machine.
9. When you have finished printing, return the two grey levers you adjusted in the earlier step back to their
original positions.
10. Close the back cover (the face up output tray) until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
33
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings
Paper Settings
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
34
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
Change the Paper Size and Paper Type
When you change the size and type of the paper you load in the tray, you must change the Paper Size and
Paper Type settings on the LCD at the same time.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Tray Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [Paper Type]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the paper tray that you want to change, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the paper type you want, and then press OK.
4. Press Back.
5. Press a or b to select the [Paper Size] option, and then press OK.
6. Press a or b to select the paper tray that you want to change, and then press OK.
7. Press a or b to select the paper size you want, and then press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Paper
Type].
2. Press a or b to display the paper tray options, and then press the option you want.
3. Press a or b to display the paper type options, and then press the option you want.
4. Press .
5. Press a or b to display the [Paper Size] option.
6. Press a or b to display the paper tray options, and then press the option you want.
7. Press a or b to display the paper size options, and then press the option you want.
8. Press .
Related Information
Paper Settings
35
Home > Paper Handling > Paper Settings > Change the Check Paper Size Setting
Change the Check Paper Size Setting
When you turn on your machine's Check Size setting, the machine displays a message when you remove a
paper tray or load paper using the MP tray, asking if you changed the paper size and paper type.
The default setting is On.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Tray Setting]. Press OK.
c. Select [Check Size]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Tray Setting] > [Check
Size].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
Paper Settings
36
Home > Paper Handling > Unprintable Area
Unprintable Area
The measurements in the table below show maximum unprintable areas from the edges of the most commonly-
used paper sizes. The measurements may vary depending on the paper size or settings in the application you
are using.
1
3
24
Do not attempt to print into these areas; your output will not reflect anything in these areas.
Usage Document Size Top (1)
Bottom (3)
Left (2)
Right (4)
Print Letter 4.23 mm 4.23 mm
A4 4.23 mm 4.23 mm
Legal 4.23 mm 4.23 mm
Related Information
Paper Handling
37
Home > Paper Handling > Recommended Print Media
Recommended Print Media
To get the best print quality, we recommend using the paper listed in the table.
Paper Type Item
Plain Paper Xerox Premier TCF 80 g/m2
Xerox Business 80 g/m2
Recycled Paper Steinbeis Evolution White 80 g/m2
Labels Avery laser label L7163
Envelopes Antalis River series (DL)
Glossy Paper Xerox Colotech+ Gloss Coated 120 g/m2
Related Information
Paper Handling
38
Home > Paper Handling > Using Special Paper
Using Special Paper
Always test paper samples before purchasing them to ensure desirable performance.
DO NOT use inkjet paper; it may cause a paper jam or damage your machine.
If you use bond paper, paper with a rough surface, or paper that is wrinkled or creased, the paper may exhibit
degraded performance.
Store paper in its original packaging and keep it sealed. Keep the paper flat and away from moisture, direct
sunlight and heat.
IMPORTANT
Some types of paper may not perform well or may cause damage to your machine.
DO NOT use paper:
that is highly textured
that is extremely smooth or shiny
that is curled or warped
that is coated or has a chemical finish
that is damaged, creased or folded
that exceeds the recommended weight specification in this guide
with tabs and staples
with letterheads using low temperature dyes or thermography
that is multipart or carbonless
that is designed for inkjet printing
If you use any of the types of paper listed above, they may damage your machine. This damage is not
covered under any Brother warranty or service agreement.
Related Information
Paper Handling
39
Home > Print
Print
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Cancel a Print Job
Test Print
40
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print a Document (Windows®)
Print Settings (Windows®)
Secure Print (Windows®)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3 Language
Emulation) (Windows®)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
41
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Document (Windows®)
Print a Document (Windows®)
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
4. Click the Paper Size drop-down list, and then select your paper size.
5. In the Orientation field, select the Portrait or Landscape option to set the orientation of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the
application.
6. Type the number of copies (1-999) you want in the Copies field.
7. Click the Media Type drop-down list, and then select the type of paper you are using.
8. To print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on multiple sheets,
click the Multiple Page drop-down list, and then select your options.
9. Change other printer settings if needed.
10. Click OK.
11. Complete your print operation.
42
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print Settings (Windows®)
43
5. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
6. Colour / Mono
Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
The machine’s colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white
background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve
colour toner, select Mono mode.
If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour
document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job
again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
7. Document Type
Select the type of document you want to print.
Settings button
Specify advanced settings, such as colour mode and other settings.
Colour Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
Import
To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished
adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, import those settings as a print
configuration file. Use the Export option to create a print configuration file from the current settings.
Export
To adjust the print configuration of a particular image, click Settings. When you have finished
adjusting the image parameters, such as brightness and contrast, export those settings as a print
configuration file. Use the Import option to load a previously exported configuration file.
Improve Grey Colour
Select this option to improve the image quality of shaded areas.
Enhance Black Printing
If a black graphic does not print correctly, select this setting.
Improve Pattern Printing
Select this option to improve the pattern printing if printed fills and patterns are different from the fills
and patterns you see on your computer screen.
8. Multiple Page
Select this option to print multiple pages on a single sheet of paper or print one page of your document on
multiple sheets.
Page Order
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
Border Line
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
9. 2-sided / Booklet
Select this option to print on both sides of the paper or print a document in booklet format using 2-sided
printing.
45
2-sided Settings button
Click this button to select the type of 2-sided binding. Four types of 2-sided bindings are available for each
orientation.
10. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
First Page
Select the paper source to use for printing the first page.
Other Pages
Select the paper source to use for printing the second and subsequent pages.
Advanced Tab
1. Scaling
Select these options to enlarge or reduce the size of the pages in your document.
Fit to Paper Size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages to fit a specified paper size. When you select
this option, select the paper size you want from the drop-down list.
Free
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the document pages manually. When you select this option, type a
value into the field.
46
2. Reverse Print
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
3. Use Watermark
Select this option to print a logo or text on your document as a watermark. Select one of the preset
watermarks, add a new watermark, or use an image file you have created.
4. Header-Footer Print
Select this option to print the date, time and PC login user name on the document.
5. Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but are
still legible.
6. Secure Print
This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the
machine's control panel.
7. Administrator
This feature allows you to change the administrator password and restrict various printing functions.
8. User Authentication
This feature allows you to confirm the restrictions for each user.
9. Other Print Options button
Sleep Time
Specify the amount of time that passes before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
TrueType Mode
Mode
Select how the fonts are processed for printing.
Use Printer TrueType Fonts(Available only for certain models)
Select whether to use built-in fonts for the font processing.
Eco settings
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Print a Document (Windows®)
47
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Secure Print (Windows®)
Secure Print (Windows®)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on
the machine's control panel.
The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field.
5. Select the Secure Print check box.
6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
You must set a separate password for each document.
7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed.
8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window.
9. Click OK.
10. Complete your print operation.
11. On the machine's control panel, press Secure.
12. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for that name.
13. Press a or b to display the job, and then press OK.
14. Enter your four-digit password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
15. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK.
16. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
17. Press OK.
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing properties or
preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Advanced tab.
4. Click the Settings button in the Secure Print field.
5. Select the Secure Print check box.
6. Type your four-digit password in the Password field.
48
You must set a separate password for each document.
7. Type the User Name and Job Name in the text field, if needed.
8. Click OK, to close the Secure Print Settings window.
9. Click OK.
10. Complete your print operation.
11. On the machine's control panel, press [Functions].
12. Press [Secure Print].
13. Press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
14. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press it.
15. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK].
16. Enter the number of copies you want.
17. Press [Start].
The machine prints the data.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
49
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
When you change an application's print settings, the changes only apply to documents printed with that
application. To change print settings for all Windows® applications, you must configure the printer driver
properties.
1. Do one of the following:
For Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the General tab, and then click the Printing Preferences... or Preferences... button.
The printer driver dialog box appears.
To configure the tray settings, click the Device Settings tab.
To change the printer port, click the Ports tab.
4. Select the print settings you want to use as defaults for all of your Windows® programs.
5. Click OK.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Configure the Optional Tray Settings (Windows®)
50
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Change the Default Print Settings
(Windows®) > Configure the Optional Tray Settings (Windows®)
Configure the Optional Tray Settings (Windows®)
Access your machine's Properties to auto-detect your machine's Optional Tray and serial number.
The printer driver automatically detects the Optional Tray during the driver installation. If you added the
Optional Tray after the driver installation, follow these steps:
1. Do one of the following:
For Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers.
For Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings,
and then click Control Panel. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX icon (where XXXX is your model name), and then select Printer
properties. If printer driver options appear, select your printer driver.
3. Click the Device Settings tab.
4. Click the Auto Detect button.
The Optional Tray and the machine's serial number are automatically detected.
5. Click the Apply button.
6. Close the printer properties dialog box.
The Auto Detect function is not available under the following machine conditions:
The machine power switch is off.
The machine is in a network shared environment.
The cable is not connected to the machine correctly.
Related Information
Change the Default Print Settings (Windows®)
51
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer
Driver (PostScript® 3 Language Emulation) (Windows®)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3
Language Emulation) (Windows®)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript® data more clearly.
To install the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver), launch the Brother installation disc, select Custom in the
Select Machine section, and then select the PS Driver check box.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 (where XXXX is the name of your model), and then click the printing
properties or preferences button.
The printer driver window appears.
3. Click the Layout, Paper/Quality, or Secure Print tab to change basic print settings.
Click the Layout or Paper/Quality tab, and then click the Advanced... button to change advanced print
settings.
4. Click OK.
5. Complete your print operation.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
52
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Windows®) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your
Computer (Windows®)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of one or more devices,
allowing you to get immediate notification of errors.
Do one of the following:
- Double-click the icon in the task tray.
- (Windows® 7, Windows Server® 2008 and Windows Server® 2008 R2)
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012)
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not
already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
- (Windows® 8.1 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)
Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are using a touch-
based device, swipe up from bottom of the Start screen to bring up the Apps screen). When the Apps
screen appears, tap or click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Status
Monitor.
- (Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016)
Click Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left
navigation bar, and then click Status Monitor.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Looking for replacement supplies?
Click the Looking for replacement supplies? button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Windows®)
Printing Problems
Calibrate Colour Output
53
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Print a Document (Macintosh)
Print Options (Macintosh)
Secure Print (Macintosh)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3 language
emulation) (Macintosh)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Macintosh)
54
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print a Document (Macintosh)
Print a Document (Macintosh)
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field.
5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
7. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select Print Settings.
The Print Settings options appear.
8. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using.
9. Change other printer settings, if needed.
10. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Print Options (Macintosh)
55
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print Options (Macintosh)
Print Options (Macintosh)
Page Setup
1. Paper Size
Select the size of the paper you want to use. You can either choose from standard paper sizes or create a
custom paper size.
2. Orientation
Select the orientation (portrait or landscape) of your printout.
If your application contains a similar setting, we recommend that you set the orientation using the application.
3. Scale
Type a value into the field to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
56
Layout
1. Pages per Sheet
Select the number of pages to print on a single sheet of paper.
2. Layout Direction
Select the page order when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
3. Border
Select the type of border to use when printing multiple pages on a single sheet of paper.
4. Two-Sided
Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
5. Reverse page orientation
Select this option to rotate the printed image 180 degrees.
6. Flip horizontally
Select this option to reverse the printed image on the page horizontally from left to right.
57
Paper Handling
1. Collate pages
Select this option to print sets of multi-page documents in the original page order. When this option is
selected, one complete copy of your document will print, and then reprint according to the number of copies
you choose. If this option is not selected, then each page will print according to the number of copies chosen
before the next page of the document is printed.
2. Pages to Print
Select which pages you want to print (even pages or odd pages).
3. Page Order
Select the page order.
4. Scale to fit paper size
Select this option to enlarge or reduce the pages in your document to fit the selected paper size.
5. Destination Paper Size
Select the paper size to print on.
6. Scale down only
Select this option if you want to reduce the pages in your document when they are too large for the selected
paper size. If this option is selected and the document is formatted for a paper size that is smaller than the
paper size you are using, the document will be printed at its original size.
58
Print Settings
1. Media Type
Select the type of media you want to use. To achieve the best print results, the machine automatically adjusts
its print settings according to the selected media type.
2. Print Quality
Select the print resolution you want. Because print quality and speed are related, the higher the quality, the
longer it will take to print the document.
3. Color / Mono
Select the Colour/Mono settings to use.
NOTE
The machine’s colour sensor is very sensitive and may perceive faded black text or an off-white
background as colour. If you know that your document is black and white and you want to conserve
colour toner, select Mono mode.
If either the Cyan, Magenta or Yellow toner reaches the end of its life while printing a colour
document, the print job cannot be completed. Cancel your print job and select to start the print job
again in Mono mode, as long as Black toner is available.
4. Paper Source
Select the paper source setting according to your print conditions or purpose.
5. Advanced
Toner Save Mode
Select this feature to conserve toner by using less toner to print documents; printouts appear lighter, but
are still legible.
Improve Print Output
Select this option to reduce the amount of paper curling and improve the toner fixing.
Sleep Time
Specify the amount of time that passes before the machine enters Sleep Mode.
59
Quiet Mode
Select this option to reduce printing noise.
Other Print Options
Skip Blank Page
Select this option to allow the printer driver to automatically detect blank pages and exclude them from
printing.
Color Settings
1. Color Mode
Select the colour mode to suit your preference.
2. Advanced Color Settings
Click the disclosure triangle to select the Colour Enhancement feature. This feature analyses your image to
improve its sharpness, white balance and colour density. This process may take several minutes depending
on the size of the image and the specifications of your computer.
60
Secure Print
1. Secure Print
This feature ensures that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on the
machine's control panel.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Print a Document (Macintosh)
61
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Secure Print (Macintosh)
Secure Print (Macintosh)
Use Secure Print to ensure that confidential or sensitive documents do not print until you enter a password on
the machine's control panel.
The secure data is deleted from the machine when you turn off the machine.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear.
4. Select the Secure Print check box.
5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password.
6. Click Print.
7. On the machine's control panel, press Secure.
8. Press a or b to display your user name, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for that name.
9. Press a or b to display the job, and then press OK.
10. Enter your four-digit password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
11. Press a or b to select the [Print] option, and then press OK.
12. Press a or b to enter the number of copies you want.
13. Press OK.
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
2. Select Brother XXX-XXXX (where XXXX is your model name).
3. Click the application pop-up menu, and then select the Secure Print option. The Secure Print options
appear.
4. Select the Secure Print check box.
5. Type your user name, job name and a four-digit password.
6. Click Print.
7. Complete your print operation.
8. On the machine's control panel, press [Functions].
9. Press [Secure Print].
10. Press a or b to display user names, and then press your user name.
The LCD displays the list of secured jobs for your name.
11. Press a or b to display the print job, and then press it.
12. Enter your four-digit password, and then press [OK].
13. Enter the number of copies you want.
14. Press [Start].
62
After you have printed the secured data, it will be cleared from the machine's memory.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
63
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer
Driver (PostScript® 3 language emulation) (Macintosh)
Print a Document Using the BR-Script3 Printer Driver (PostScript® 3
language emulation) (Macintosh)
The BR-Script3 printer driver lets you print PostScript® data more clearly.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download
the PS driver (BR-Script3 printer driver).
Make sure you have added the BR-Script3 printer driver from Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners in the
System Preferences list on your Macintosh.
1. Make sure you have loaded the correct size paper in the paper tray.
2. From an application, such as Apple TextEdit, click the File menu, and then select Print.
3. Select your machine.
4. Type the number of copies you want in the Copies field.
5. Click the Paper Size pop-up menu, and then select your paper size.
6. Select the Orientation option that matches the way you want the document to print.
7. Click the print options pop-up menu, and then click Printer Features.
The Printer Features options appear.
8. Click the Print Quality pop-up menu, and then select the print quality.
9. Click the Media Type pop-up menu, and then select the type of paper you are using.
10. Select the Auto, Color, or Mono option for the Color / Mono print setting.
11. Change other printer settings, if needed.
12. Click Print.
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
64
Home > Print > Print from Your Computer (Macintosh) > Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your
Computer (Macintosh)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Macintosh)
The Status Monitor utility is a configurable software tool for monitoring the status of a device, allowing you to get
immediate notification of error messages, such as paper empty or paper jam, at preset update intervals. You can
also access Web Based Management.
1. Click the System Preferences menu, select Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners, and then select your
machine.
2. Click the Options & Supplies button.
3. Click the Utility tab, and then click the Open Printer Utility button.
Status Monitor starts.
Troubleshooting
Click the Troubleshooting button to access the troubleshooting website.
Visit the Genuine Supplies website
Click the Visit the Genuine Supplies website button for more information on Brother genuine supplies.
Updating the machine's status
To view the latest machine status while the Status Monitor window is open, click the icon. You can
set the interval at which the software updates machine status information. Click Brother Status Monitor in
the menu bar, and then select Preferences.
Web Based Management (Network Connection Only)
Access the Web Based Management System by clicking the machine icon on the Status Monitor screen.
You can use a standard Web Browser to manage your machine using HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer
Protocol).
65
Related Information
Print from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Printing Problems
Calibrate Colour Output
66
Home > Print > Cancel a Print Job
Cancel a Print Job
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press Cancel.
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold Cancel for four seconds.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press .
To cancel multiple print jobs, press and hold for four seconds.
Related Information
Print
Printing Problems
67
Home > Print > Test Print
Test Print
If there are problems with print quality, follow these instructions to do a test print:
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [Print Options]. Press OK.
c. Select [Test Print]. Press OK.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Printer] > [Print Options] > [Test Print].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press .
Related Information
Print
Improve the Print Quality
68
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
You can print photos directly from digital camera media or a USB flash drive.
Supported file types are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, XPS, and PRN.
Compatible USB Flash Drives
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting Mass Storage
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)
69
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Compatible USB Flash Drives
Compatible USB Flash Drives
IMPORTANT
The USB direct interface supports only USB flash drives and digital cameras that use the USB mass storage
standard. Other USB devices are not supported.
Compatible USB Flash Drives
USB Class USB Mass Storage Class
USB Mass Storage Sub Class SCSI or SFF-8070i
Transfer protocol Bulk transfer Only
Format 1 FAT12/FAT16/FAT32/exFAT
Sector size Max. 4096 Byte
Encryption Encrypted devices are not supported.
Related Information
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
1NTFS format is not supported.
70
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital
Camera Supporting Mass Storage
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive or Digital Camera Supporting
Mass Storage
Make sure your digital camera is turned on.
Your digital camera must be switched from PictBridge mode to mass storage mode.
IMPORTANT
To prevent damage to your machine, DO NOT connect any device other than a digital camera or USB flash
drive to the USB direct interface.
USB port location (Front View)
USB port location (Back View)
The back view illustration shows the HL-L9310CDW.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Connect your USB flash drive or digital camera to the USB direct interface.
If an error occurs, the USB menu does not appear on the LCD.
When the machine is in Deep Sleep mode, the LCD does not display any information even if you
connect a USB flash drive to the USB direct interface. Press any button on the control panel to wake up
the machine.
If your machine has been set to Secure Function Lock On, you may not be able to access Direct Print.
2. Press a or b to select the file you want, and then press OK.
To print an index of the files, press a or b to select [Index Print], and then press OK.
3. Do one of the following:
If you want to use the default settings, go to the next step.
71
To change the settings, press a or b to select the print settings you want to change:
-[Paper Size]
-[Paper Type]
-[Multiple Page]
-[Orientation]
-[2-sided]
-[Collate]
-[Tray Use]
-[Print Quality]
-[PDF Option]
-[Output Colour]
Depending on the file type, some of these settings may not appear.
4. Press Go.
5. Press a or b to select the copy you want, and then press OK.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive or digital camera from the USB direct interface until the machine
has finished printing.
6. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Connect your USB flash drive or digital camera to the USB direct interface. The LCD displays the
[Checking Image] message.
If an error occurs, the USB menu does not appear on the LCD.
When the machine is in Deep Sleep mode, the LCD does not display any information even if you
connect a USB flash drive to the USB direct interface. Press any button on the control panel to wake up
the machine.
If your machine has been set to Secure Function Lock On, you may not be able to access Direct Print.
(HL-L9310CDW) If the machine prompts you to choose the USB port, select it on the Touchscreen.
2. Press a or b to select the file you want, and then press it.
To print an index of the files, press [Index Print] on the Touchscreen. Press [Mono Start] or
[Colour Start] to print the data.
3. Do one of the following:
To change the settings, press [Print Settings]. Go to the next step.
If you want to use the default settings, enter the number of copies, and then press [Mono Start] or
[Colour Start].
4. Select the print settings you want to change:
[Paper Type]
[Paper Size]
[Multiple Page]
[Orientation]
[2-sided]
[Collate]
72
[Tray Use]
[Print Quality]
[PDF Option]
Depending on the file type, some of these settings may not appear.
5. Press [OK].
6. Enter the number of copies you want.
7. Press [Mono Start] or [Colour Start] to print the data.
8. Press .
IMPORTANT
DO NOT remove the USB flash drive or digital camera from the USB direct interface until the machine
has finished printing.
Related Information
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
73
Home > Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive > Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)
Create a PRN File for Direct Printing (Windows®)
These instructions may vary depending on your print application and operating system.
1. Select the print command in your application.
2. Select your model, and then select the print to file option.
3. Complete your print operation.
4. Enter the required information to save the file.
If the computer prompts you to enter a file name only, you can also specify the folder where you want to
save the file by typing the directory name (for example: C:\Temp\FileName.prn).
If a USB flash drive is connected to your computer, you can save the file directly to the USB flash drive.
Related Information
Print Data Directly from a USB Flash Drive
74
Home > Network
Network
Supported Basic Network Features
Network Management Software and Utilities
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Advanced Network Features
Technical Information for Advanced Users
75
Home > Network > Supported Basic Network Features
Supported Basic Network Features
The print server supports various features depending on the operating system. Use this table to see which
network features and connections are supported by each operating system.
Operating Systems Windows® 7
Windows® 8
Windows® 10
Windows Server®
2008/2012/2012 R2/2016
macOS v10.10.5
macOS v10.11.x
macOS v10.12
Printing Yes Yes Yes
BRAdmin Light Yes Yes
BRAdmin Professional 3 Yes Yes
Web Based Management Yes Yes Yes
Status Monitor Yes Yes
Driver Deployment Wizard Yes Yes
Vertical Pairing Yes
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Light.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional 3 utility.
Related Information
Network
76
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities
Network Management Software and Utilities
Configure and change your Brother machine's network settings using a management utility.
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
77
Home > Network > Network Management Software and Utilities > Learn about Network Management
Software and Utilities
Learn about Network Management Software and Utilities
Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
BRAdmin Light (Windows®)
BRAdmin Light is a utility for the initial setup of Brother network-connected devices. This utility can search for
Brother products on your network, view the status and configure the basic network settings, such as IP address.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to download
BRAdmin Light.
If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®)
BRAdmin Professional 3 is a utility for more advanced management of network-connected Brother devices. This
utility can search for Brother products on your network and view the device status from an easy-to-read
Windows® Explorer-style screen that changes colour to identify the status of each device. You can configure
network and device settings, and update device firmware from a Windows® computer on your LAN. BRAdmin
Professional 3 can also log activity of Brother devices on your network and export the log data. For users who
want to monitor locally-connected machines, install the Print Auditor Client software on the client computer. This
utility allows you to use BRAdmin Professional 3 to monitor machines that are connected to a client computer via
the USB interface.
Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
download the latest version of Brother's BRAdmin Professional 3 utility.
Node name: The node name appears in the current BRAdmin Professional 3 window. The default node
name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet address).
If using Windows® Firewall, or the firewall function of an anti-spyware or antivirus application,
temporarily disable them. When you are sure you can print, configure the software settings following the
instructions.
Related Information
Network Management Software and Utilities
78
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network
To connect your machine to your wireless network, we recommend using the Brother installation disc.
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel
Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Use Wi-Fi Direct®
79
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Before attempting to configure a wireless network, confirm the following:
If you are using an enterprise wireless network, you must know the User ID and Password.
To achieve optimum results with normal everyday document printing, place the Brother machine as close to
the wireless LAN access point/router as possible with minimal obstructions. Large objects and walls between
the two devices and interference from other electronic devices can affect the data transfer speed of your
documents.
Due to these factors, wireless may not be the best method of connection for all types of documents and
applications. If you are printing large files, such as multi-page documents with mixed text and large graphics,
you may want to consider selecting wired Ethernet for faster data transfer (supported models only), or USB
for the fastest throughput speed.
Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network (supported models only),
only one connection method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct
connection, or a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used
at the same time.
If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
80
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network
1. Turn on your computer and insert the Brother installation disc into your computer.
For Windows®, follow these instructions:
For Macintosh, click Driver Download to go to the Brother Solutions Center. Follow the on-screen
instructions to install printer drivers.
2. The opening screen appears automatically.
Choose your language, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
If the Brother screen does not appear, do the following:
(Windows® 7)
Go to Computer. Double-click the CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
(Windows® 8 and Windows® 10)
Click the (File Explorer) icon on the taskbar, and then go to Computer (This PC). Double-click the
CD/DVD icon, and then double-click start.exe.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Choose Wireless Network Connection (Wi-Fi), and then click Next.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions.
After you have completed the wireless setup, the installer program walks you through installing the drivers. Click
Next in the installation dialog box and follow the on-screen instructions.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
81
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
If your wireless access point/router supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), you can use WPS from
your machine's control panel menu to configure your wireless network settings.
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WPS] option, and then press OK.
4. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, press a to select On.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press Cancel.
5. When the LCD displays [Press Key on rtr], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router.
Then press a on your machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and
try to connect to your wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. When the Touchscreen displays [Start WPS on your wireless access point/router, then
press [OK].], press the WPS button on your wireless access point/router. Then press [OK] on your
machine. Your machine will automatically detect your wireless access point/router and try to connect to your
wireless network.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
82
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
83
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method
of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
If your wireless LAN access point/router supports WPS, you can use the Personal Identification Number (PIN)
Method to configure your wireless network settings.
The PIN Method is one of the connection methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. By submitting a PIN
created by an Enrollee (your machine) to the Registrar (a device that manages the wireless LAN), you can set up
the wireless network and security settings. For more information on how to access WPS mode, see the
instructions provided with your wireless access point/router.
Type A
Connection when the wireless LAN access point/router (1) doubles as the Registrar:
Type B
Connection when another device (2), such as a computer, is used as the Registrar:
84
2
Routers or access points that support WPS are marked with this symbol:
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WPS w/ PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
4. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, press a to select On.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press Cancel.
5. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
6. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
7. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
8. Do one of the following:
Windows® 7
85
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows® 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
To use a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to
your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN
access point/router.
If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and
software package, use the Brother installation disc.
9. Select your machine and click Next.
10. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
11. (Windows® 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
12. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [WPS w/ PIN Code].
2. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
3. The LCD displays an eight-digit PIN and the machine starts searching for a wireless LAN access point/router.
4. Using a computer connected to the network, in your browser's address bar, type the IP address of the device
you are using as the Registrar. (For example: http://192.168.1.2)
5. Go to the WPS settings page and type the PIN, and then follow the on-screen instructions.
The Registrar is usually the wireless LAN access point/router.
The settings page will differ depending on the brand of wireless LAN access point/router. For more
information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN access point/router.
If you are using a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, complete the
following steps:
6. Do one of the following:
Windows® 7
Click (Start) > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows® 8
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings >
Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices and Printers > Add a device.
Windows® 10
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound group, click Add a device.
86
To use a Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 computer as a Registrar, you must register it to
your network in advance. For more information, see the instructions supplied with your wireless LAN
access point/router.
If you use Windows® 7, Windows® 8, or Windows® 10 as a Registrar, you can install the printer driver
after the wireless configuration by following the on-screen instructions. To install the full driver and
software package, use the Brother installation disc.
7. Select your machine and click Next.
8. Type the PIN displayed on the machine's LCD, and then click Next.
9. (Windows® 7) Select your network, and then click Next.
10. Click Close.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
87
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's
Control Panel Setup Wizard
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have
your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
- Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
- The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
- If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Network]. Press OK.
b. Select [WLAN]. Press OK.
c. Select [Setup Wizard]. Press OK.
3. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, press a to select On.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press Cancel.
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. When a list of SSIDs appears,
press a or b to select the SSID you want.
5. Press OK.
6. Do one of the following:
If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
88
Enter the key, and then press OK to apply your settings.
To apply the settings, select [Yes]. To cancel, select [No].
If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings of the computer to which you are connecting.
Network Name (SSID)
Network Key
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Network Key
12345
Your access point/router may support the use of multiple WEP keys, however your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
If you need assistance during setup and want to contact Brother customer service, make sure you have
your SSID (Network Name) and Network Key ready. We cannot assist you in locating this information.
If you do not know this information (SSID and Network Key), you cannot continue the wireless setup.
How can I find this information?
- Check the documentation provided with your wireless access point/router.
- The initial SSID could be the manufacturer's name or the model name.
- If you do not know the security information, please consult the router manufacturer, your system
administrator, or your Internet provider.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs.
If a list of SSIDs is displayed, press a or b to display the SSID to which you want to connect, and then press
the SSID.
5. Press [OK].
6. Do one of the following:
If you are using an authentication and encryption method that requires a Network Key, enter the Network
Key you wrote down in the first step.
89
When you have entered all the characters, press [OK].
If your authentication method is Open System and your encryption mode is None, go to the next step.
7. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
90
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not
Broadcast
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, press a to select On.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press Cancel.
6. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
7. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK.
9. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK.
10. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [Open System] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [None] or [WEP],
and then press OK.
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption Type, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press OK.
91
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or
[AES], and then press OK.
Enter the WPA key, and then press OK.
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
11. To apply the settings, press a to select [Yes], and then press OK. To cancel, press b to select [No].
12. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and write down the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure Open System NONE -
WEP
Shared Key WEP
WPA/WPA2-PSK AES
TKIP
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication Mode Authentication Method Encryption Mode Network Key
Infrastructure WPA2-PSK AES 12345678
If your router uses WEP encryption, enter the key used as the first WEP key. Your Brother machine
supports the use of the first WEP key only.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[<New SSID>] option.
5. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
8. Select the Authentication Method.
9. Do one of the following:
92
If you selected the [Open System] option, press [None] or [WEP].
If you selected the [WEP] option for Encryption type, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
If you selected the [Shared Key] option, enter the WEP key, and then press [OK].
If you selected the [WPA/WPA2-PSK] option, press [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Enter the WPA key, and then press [OK].
Your Brother machine supports the use of the first WEP key only.
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
93
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless
Network > Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
94
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [WLAN] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [Setup Wizard] option, and then press OK.
5. When [WLAN Enable?] appears, press a to select On.
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press Cancel.
6. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to select the
[<New SSID>] option, and then press OK.
7. Enter the SSID name, and then press OK.
8. Press a or b to select the [Infrastructure] option, and then press OK.
9. Press a or b to select the Authentication Method you want, and then press OK.
10. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
Enter the Password, and then press OK.
If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, press a or b to select the Inner
Authentication Method [NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP], and then press
OK.
Depending on your Authentication Method, the Inner Authentication Method selections differ.
Press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES], and then press OK.
Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and
then press OK.
- If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if required),
and then press OK for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and the Password, and then press OK for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine will display the message [No
Verification].
If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, press a or b to select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES],
and then press OK.
When the machine displays a list of available Client Certificates, select the certificate you want.
Press a or b to select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA+Server ID], and
then press OK.
- If you selected the [CA+Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press OK for
each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press OK.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine will display the message [No
Verification].
11. To apply the settings, press a to select [Yes], and then press OK. To cancel, press b to select [No].
12. The machine will attempt to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
95
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Before configuring your machine, we recommend writing down your wireless network settings. You will need
this information before you continue with the configuration.
1. Check and record the current wireless network settings.
Network Name (SSID)
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure LEAP CKIP
EAP-FAST/NONE AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-FAST/GTC AES
TKIP
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2 AES
TKIP
PEAP/GTC AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/CHAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAP
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/MS-
CHAPv2
AES
TKIP
EAP-TTLS/PAP AES
TKIP
EAP-TLS AES -
TKIP -
For example:
Network Name (SSID)
HELLO
Communication
Mode
Authentication
Method
Encryption Mode User ID Password
Infrastructure EAP-FAST/MS-
CHAPv2
AES Brother 12345678
96
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate
issued by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client
certificate. If you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate
name you want to use.
If you verify your machine using the common name of the server certificate, we recommend writing
down the common name before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the
common name of the server certificate.
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [WLAN] > [Setup Wizard].
3. When [Enable WLAN?] appears, press [Yes].
This will start the wireless setup wizard. To cancel, press [No].
4. The machine will search for your network and display a list of available SSIDs. Press a or b to display the
[<New SSID>] option.
5. Press [<New SSID>], and then press [OK].
6. Enter the SSID name, and then press [OK].
7. Press [Infrastructure] when instructed.
8. Select the Authentication Method.
9. Do one of the following:
If you selected the [LEAP] option, enter the user ID, and then press [OK]. Enter the Password, and then
press [OK].
If you selected the [EAP-FAST], [PEAP] or [EAP-TTLS] option, press a or b to select the Inner
Authentication Method [NONE], [CHAP], [MS-CHAP], [MS-CHAPv2], [GTC] or [PAP].
Depending on your Authentication Method, the Inner Authentication Method selections differ.
Select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
Select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID, user ID and password (if
required), and then press [OK] for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID and Password, and then press [OK] for each option.
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
If you selected the [EAP-TLS] option, select the Encryption Type [TKIP+AES] or [AES].
When the machine displays a list of available Client Certificates, select the certificate you want.
Select the Verification Method [No Verification], [CA] or [CA + Server ID].
- If you selected the [CA + Server ID] option, enter the server ID and user ID, and then press [OK]
for each option.
- For other selections, enter the user ID, and then press [OK].
If you have not imported a CA certificate into your machine, the machine displays [No Verification].
10. The machine attempts to connect to the wireless device you have selected.
If your wireless device is connected successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected].
You have completed the wireless network setup. To install drivers and software necessary for operating your
device, insert the Brother installation disc into your computer or go to your model's Downloads page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network
97
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
98
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct®
Use Wi-Fi Direct®
Print from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
99
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Print from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Print from Your Mobile Device Using Wi-Fi Direct
Wi-Fi Direct is one of the wireless configuration methods developed by the Wi-Fi Alliance®. It allows you to
configure a secured wireless network between your Brother machine and a mobile device, such as an Android
device, Windows® device, iPhone, iPod touch, or iPad, without using an access point. Wi-Fi Direct supports
wireless network configuration using the one-push or PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS). You can
also configure a wireless network by manually setting an SSID and password. Your Brother machine's Wi-Fi
Direct feature supports WPA2 security with AES encryption.
2
1
1. Mobile device
2. Your Brother machine
Although the Brother machine can be used in both a wired and wireless network, only one connection
method can be used at a time. However, a wireless network connection and Wi-Fi Direct connection, or
a wired network connection (supported models only) and Wi-Fi Direct connection can be used at the
same time.
The Wi-Fi Direct-supported device can become a Group Owner (G/O). When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the G/O serves as an access point.
Related Information
Use Wi-Fi Direct®
100
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings from your machine's control panel.
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
101
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
The following instructions offer five methods for configuring your Brother machine in a wireless network
environment. Select the method you prefer for your environment:
Check your mobile device for configuration.
1. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 2
No Go to Step 3
2. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Direct?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method.
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method.
3. Does your mobile device support Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)?
Option Description
Yes Go to Step 4
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually.
4. Does your mobile device support one-push configuration for Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)?
Option Description
Yes See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS).
No See Related Information: Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS).
To use Brother iPrint&Scan functionality in a Wi-Fi Direct network configured by one-push configuration using Wi-
Fi Direct or by PIN Method configuration using Wi-Fi Direct, the device you use to configure Wi-Fi Direct must be
running Android 4.0 or greater.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
102
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
4. If [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to accept. To cancel, press b.
5. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Back .
6. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK.
Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan].
7. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your mobile device supports Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Push Button].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
3. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), connect your mobile device to the machine
directly.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again
by pressing [Rescan].
4. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
103
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
104
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-
Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the One-Push Method of Wi-
Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option, and then press OK.
6. If [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to accept. To cancel, press b.
7. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Back.
8. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your mobile device supports WPS (PBC: Push Button Configuration), follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi
Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Press a or b to select the [Push Button] option. Press [Push Button].
4. Activate your mobile device's WPS one-push configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on
the machine's LCD. Press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
105
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
106
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
4. If [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to accept. To cancel, press b.
5. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the machine's LCD.
Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Back .
6. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [Input PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press OK to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it will display available device names with which to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network. Press a or b to select the mobile device you want to connect to and press OK.
Search for available devices again by pressing [Rescan], and then go to the next step.
7. Do one of the following:
Press a to display the PIN on your machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device, and then go to the next
step.
Press b to enter a PIN displayed by your mobile device in the machine. Press OK, and then go to the next
step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press Cancel on your Brother machine. Go back to the first
step and try again.
8. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Direct, follow these steps to configure a Wi-Fi Direct
network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [PIN Code].
2. Activate Wi-Fi Direct on your mobile device (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) when
[Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears on the machine's
LCD. Press [OK] on your machine.
107
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
3. Do one of the following:
When your Brother machine is the Group Owner (G/O), it will wait for a connection request from your
mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the
machine. Press [OK] to complete the setup.
If the PIN is displayed on your Brother machine, enter the PIN in your mobile device.
When your Brother machine is not the G/O, it displays available device names with which to configure a
Wi-Fi Direct network. Select the mobile device you want to connect to. Search for available devices again
by pressing [Rescan].
4. Do one of the following:
Press [Display PIN Code] to display the PIN on your Brother machine and enter the PIN in your
mobile device. Go to the next step.
Press [Input PIN Code] to enter the PIN displayed by your mobile device in the machine, and then
press [OK]. Go to the next step.
If your mobile device does not display a PIN, press on your Brother machine. Go back to the first
step and try again.
5. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
108
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN
Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS)
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Group Owner] option, and then press OK.
4. Press a or b to select the [On] option, and then press OK.
5. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option, and then press OK.
6. If [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to accept. To cancel, press b.
7. Activate your mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for
instructions) when [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device and press OK.] appears on the
machine's LCD. Press OK on your machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press Back.
8. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [Input PIN Code]
appears, enter the PIN displayed on your mobile device in the machine.
9. Press OK.
10. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your mobile device supports the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS), follow these steps to configure
a Wi-Fi Direct network:
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Group Owner].
2. Press [On].
3. Press a or b to select the [PIN Code] option. Press [PIN Code].
4. When [Activate Wi-Fi Direct on other device. Then Press [OK].] appears, activate your
mobile device's WPS PIN configuration method (see your mobile device's user's guide for instructions) and
then press [OK] on your Brother machine.
This will start the Wi-Fi Direct setup. To cancel, press .
5. The machine will wait for a connection request from your mobile device. When [PIN Code] appears, enter
the PIN displayed on your mobile device in to the machine. Press [OK].
6. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
109
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
110
Home > Network > Additional Methods of Configuring Your Brother Machine for a Wireless Network > Use
Wi-Fi Direct® > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network > Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network Manually
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Wi-Fi Direct] option, and then press OK.
3. Press a or b to select the [Manual] option, and then press OK.
4. If [Wi-Fi Direct On?] appears, press a to accept. To cancel, press b.
5. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for three minutes. Go to your mobile device's
wireless network settings screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
6. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your mobile device does not support Wi-Fi Direct or WPS, you must configure a Wi-Fi Direct network manually.
When the machine receives the Wi-Fi Direct request from your mobile device, the message [Wi-Fi
Direct connection request received. Press [OK] to connect.] will appear on the LCD.
Press [OK] to connect.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Wi-Fi Direct] > [Manual].
2. The machine will display the SSID name and Password for five minutes. Go to your mobile device's wireless
network settings screen, select the SSID name, and then enter the password.
3. If your mobile device connects successfully, the machine's LCD displays [Connected]. You have completed
the Wi-Fi Direct network setup. The Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan contains information on
printing from your mobile device. Go to your model's Manuals page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com to see the guide.
Related Information
Configure Your Wi-Fi Direct Network
Wi-Fi Direct Network Configuration Overview
111
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features
Advanced Network Features
Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the WLAN Report
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
112
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the Network Configuration Report
The Network Configuration Report lists the network configuration, including the network print server settings.
Node Name: The Node Name appears on the current Network Configuration Report. The default Node
Name is "BRNxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wired network or "BRWxxxxxxxxxxxx" for a wireless network (where
"xxxxxxxxxxxx" is your machine's MAC Address / Ethernet Address.)
If the [IP Address] on the Network Configuration Report shows 0.0.0.0, wait for one minute and try
printing it again.
You can find your machine's settings, such as the IP address, subnet mask, node name, and MAC
Address on the report, for example:
- IP address: 192.168.0.5
- Subnet mask: 255.255.255.0
- Node name: BRN000ca0000499
- MAC Address: 00-0c-a0-00-04-99
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select [Network Config]. Press OK.
The machine prints the Network Configuration Report.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Network Configuration].
2. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Network Configuration Report.
3. Press .
Related Information
Advanced Network Features
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Access Web Based Management
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet Settings Using Web Based Management
113
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report
Print the WLAN Report
The WLAN Report reflects your machine's wireless status. If the wireless connection fails, check the error code
on the printed report.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Print Reports] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [WLAN Report] option, and then press OK.
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [WLAN Report].
2. Press [Yes].
The machine will print the WLAN Report.
3. Press .
If the WLAN Report does not print, check your machine for errors. If there are no visible errors, wait for one
minute and then try to print the report again.
Related Information
Advanced Network Features
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
114
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Print the WLAN Report > Wireless LAN Report Error
Codes
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
If the Wireless LAN Report shows that the connection failed, check the error code on the printed report and see
the corresponding instructions in the table:
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-01 The wireless setting is not activated, change the wireless setting to ON.
If a network cable is connected to your machine, disconnect it and change the wireless setting of
your machine to ON.
TS-02 The wireless access point/router cannot be detected.
1. Check the following two points:
Unplug the power to your wireless access point/router, wait for 10 seconds, and then plug
it back in.
If your WLAN access point/router is using MAC address filtering, confirm that the MAC
address of the Brother machine is allowed in the filter.
2. If you manually entered the SSID and security information (SSID/authentication method/
encryption method/Network Key), the information may be incorrect.
Reconfirm the SSID and security information and re-enter the correct information as
necessary.
This device does not support a 5 GHz SSID/ESSID and you must select a 2.4 GHz SSID/
ESSID. Make sure the access point/router is set to 2.4 GHz or 2.4 GHz/5 GHz mixed mode.
TS-03 The wireless network and security setting you entered may be incorrect. Reconfirm the wireless
network settings.
If you do not know this information, ask your network administrator.
TS-04 The Authentication/Encryption methods used by the selected wireless access point/router are
not supported by your machine.
Change the authentication and encryption method of the wireless access point/router. Your
machine supports the following authentication methods:
WPA-Personal
TKIP or AES
WPA2-Personal
TKIP or AES
Open
WEP or None (without encryption)
Shared key
WEP
If your problem is not solved, the SSID or network settings you entered may be incorrect.
Confirm the wireless network settings.
TS-05 The security information (SSID/Network Key) is incorrect.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-06 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
Confirm the wireless security information (Authentication method/Encryption method/Network
Key).
TS-07 The machine cannot detect a WLAN access point/router that has WPS enabled.
If you want to connect with WPS, you must operate both your machine and the WLAN access
point/router. Confirm the connection method for WPS on WLAN access point/router and try
starting again.
If you do not know how to operate your WLAN access point/router using WPS, see the
documentation provided with your WLAN access point/router, ask the manufacturer of your
WLAN access point/router or ask your network administrator.
115
Error Code Problem and Recommended Solutions
TS-08 Two or more WLAN access points that have WPS enabled are detected.
Confirm that only one WLAN access point/router within range has the WPS method active
and try again.
Try starting again after few minutes in order to avoid effects from other access points.
Related Information
Print the WLAN Report
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the One Push Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup
(WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the PIN Method of Wi-Fi Protected Setup (WPS)
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Configure Your Machine for an Enterprise Wireless Network
116
Home > Network > Advanced Network Features > Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based
Management
Configure the SNTP Protocol Using Web Based Management
Configure the SNTP protocol to synchronize the time the machine uses for authentication with the time kept by
the SNTP time server.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select the SNTP check box to activate the settings.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
9. Next to the SNTP check box, click Advanced Settings and follow the instructions below:
Option Description
Status Displays whether the SNTP protocol is enabled or disabled.
Synchronization Status Confirm the latest synchronization status.
SNTP Server Method Select AUTO or STATIC.
AUTO
If you have a DHCP server in your network, the SNTP server will obtain
the address from that server automatically.
STATIC
Type the address you want to use.
117
Option Description
Primary SNTP Server
Address
Secondary SNTP Server
Address
Type the server address (up to 64 characters).
The secondary SNTP server address is used as a backup to the primary
SNTP server address. If the primary server is unavailable, the machine will
contact the secondary SNTP server.
Primary SNTP Server Port
Secondary SNTP Server
Port
Type the port number (1-65535).
The secondary SNTP server port is used as a backup to the primary SNTP
server port. If the primary port is unavailable, the machine will contact the
secondary SNTP port.
Synchronization Interval Type the number of hours between server synchronization attempts (1-168
hours).
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
Advanced Network Features
118
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users
Technical Information for Advanced Users
Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network Only)
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
119
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network Only)
Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network Only)
Your machine supports 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet. To connect to a 1000BASE-T Gigabit Ethernet Network,
you must set the machine’s Ethernet link mode to Auto from the machine’s control panel or Web Based
Management (web browser).
Use a straight-through Category 5e (or greater) twisted-pair cable. When you connect the machine to a
Gigabit Ethernet Network, use the network devices complying with 1000BASE-T.
Related Information
Technical Information for Advanced Users
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet Settings Using Web Based Management
120
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network
Only) > Configure the Gigabit Ethernet Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Gigabit Ethernet Settings Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click Wired.
6. Click Ethernet in the left navigation bar.
7. Select Auto from the Ethernet Mode drop-down list.
8. Click Submit.
9. To enable the settings, restart your machine.
You can confirm your settings by printing the Network Configuration Report.
Related Information
Gigabit Ethernet (Wired Network Only)
Print the Network Configuration Report
121
Home > Network > Technical Information for Advanced Users > Reset the Network Settings to the Factory
Settings
Reset the Network Settings to the Factory Settings
You can use your machine's control panel to reset the print server to its default factory settings. This resets all
information, such as the password and IP address.
This feature restores all wired (supported models only) and wireless network settings to the factory
settings.
You can also reset the print server to its factory settings using BRAdmin Light, BRAdmin Professional 3,
or Web Based Management.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Network] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [Network Reset] option, and then press OK. Press a.
3. Press a for [Yes].
The machine will restart.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Network Reset].
2. [Reboot OK?] will be displayed. Press [Yes] for two seconds to confirm.
The machine will restart.
Related Information
Technical Information for Advanced Users
122
Home > Security
Security
Lock the Machine Settings
Network Security Features
123
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings
Lock the Machine Settings
Before turning on the machine's Access Lock, make a careful note of your password. If you forget the password,
you must reset all passwords stored in the machine by contacting your administrator or Brother customer service.
Setting Lock Overview
124
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview
Setting Lock Overview
Use the Setting Lock feature to block unauthorised access to machine settings.
When Setting Lock is set to On, you cannot access the machine settings without entering the password.
Set the Setting Lock Password
Change the Setting Lock Password
Turn Setting Lock On
125
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Set the Setting Lock Password
Set the Setting Lock Password
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setting Lock]. Press OK.
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
3. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the new password.
4. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock].
2. Enter a four-digit number for the password.
3. Press [OK].
4. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the new password.
5. Press [OK].
6. Press .
Related Information
Setting Lock Overview
126
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Change the Setting Lock
Password
Change the Setting Lock Password
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setting Lock]. Press OK.
c. Select [Set Password]. Press OK.
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
3. Enter a new four-digit password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
4. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the new password.
5. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Set
Password].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
4. Enter a new four-digit password.
5. Press [OK].
6. When the LCD displays [Verify], re-enter the new password.
7. Press [OK].
8. Press .
Related Information
Setting Lock Overview
127
Home > Security > Lock the Machine Settings > Setting Lock Overview > Turn Setting Lock On
Turn Setting Lock On
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Setting Lock]. Press OK.
2. Press OK when the LCD displays [On].
3. Enter the current four-digit password.
To enter each digit, press a or b to select a number, and then press OK.
To turn Setting Lock off, press OK. Press a to select [Yes] when the LCD displays [Unlock?], enter the
current four-digit password, and then press OK.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Setting Lock] > [Lock
OffOn].
2. Enter the current four-digit password.
3. Press [OK].
To turn Setting Lock off, press on the LCD, enter the current four-digit password, and then press [OK].
Related Information
Setting Lock Overview
128
Home > Security > Network Security Features
Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Active Directory® Authentication
Use LDAP Authentication
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
Send an Email Securely
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Store Print Log to Network
129
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Before Using Network Security Features
Before Using Network Security Features
Your Brother machine employs some of the latest network security and encryption protocols available today.
These network features can be integrated into your overall network security plan to help protect your data and
prevent unauthorised access to the machine.
We recommend disabling the Telnet, FTP server and TFTP protocols. Accessing the machine using these
protocols is not secure.
Related Information
Network Security Features
130
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Brother's Secure Function Lock 3.0 increases security by restricting the functions available on your Brother
machine.
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Register a new ID Card Using the Machine's Control Panel
131
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Before Using Secure Function
Lock 3.0
Before Using Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use Secure Function Lock to configure passwords, set specific user page limits, and grant access to some or all
of the functions listed here.
You can configure and change the following Secure Function Lock 3.0 settings using Web Based Management
or BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®):
Print
Print includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud Print and Brother iPrint&Scan.
If you register users' login names in advance, the users do not need to enter their passwords when they use
the print function.
Color Print
USB Direct Print
Web Connect (supported models only)
Page Limits
Page Counters
Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
If you register users' Card IDs in advance, registered users can activate the machine by touching their
registered cards to the machines' NFC symbol.
Related Information
Secure Function Lock 3.0
132
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
Configure Secure Function Lock 3.0 Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu in the left navigation bar.
9. In the User List / Restricted Functions field, type a group name or user name.
10. In the Print and the other columns, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function
listed.
11. To configure the maximum page count, select the On check box in the Page Limits column, and then type
the maximum number in the Max. Pages field.
12. Click Submit.
13. Click the User List menu in the left navigation bar.
14. In the User List field, type the user name.
15. In the PIN Number field, type a four-digit password.
16. To register the user's Card ID, type the card number in the Card ID (NFC ID) field (Available only for certain
models) .
17. Select User List / Restricted Functions from the drop-down list for each user.
18. Click Submit.
Related Information
Secure Function Lock 3.0
133
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Configure Public Mode for
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
Use the Secure Function Lock screen to set up Public Mode, which limits the functions available to public users.
Public users will not need to enter a password to access the features made available through Public Mode
settings.
Public Mode includes print jobs sent via AirPrint, Google Cloud Print and Brother iPrint&Scan.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Secure Function Lock.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click the Restricted Functions menu.
9. In the Public Mode row, select a check box to allow or clear a check box to restrict the function listed.
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
Secure Function Lock 3.0
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
134
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Additional Secure Function
Lock 3.0 Features
Additional Secure Function Lock 3.0 Features
Configure the following features in the Secure Function Lock screen:
All Counter Reset
Click All Counter Reset, in the Page Counters column, to reset the page counter.
Export to CSV file
Click Export to CSV file, to export the current page counter including User List / Restricted Functions
information as a CSV file.
Card ID (NFC ID) (supported models only)
Click the User List menu, and then type a users' Card ID in the Card ID (NFC ID) field. You can use your ID
card for authentication.
Last Counter Record
Click Last Counter Record if you want the machine to retain the page count after the counter has been reset.
Related Information
Secure Function Lock 3.0
135
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Secure Function Lock 3.0 > Register a new ID Card Using
the Machine's Control Panel
Register a new ID Card Using the Machine's Control Panel
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Touch the NFC symbol on the machine's control panel with a registered ID Card.
2. Press your login name.
3. Press [Register Card].
4. Touch a new ID Card to the NFC symbol.
5. Press [OK].
The new ID Card's number is registered to the machine.
For the supported ID Card types, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to see the
FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
Related Information
Secure Function Lock 3.0
136
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use Active Directory® Authentication
Use Active Directory® Authentication
Introduction to Active Directory® Authentication
Configure Active Directory® Authentication Using Web Based Management
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (Active
Directory® Authentication)
137
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use Active Directory® Authentication > Introduction to
Active Directory® Authentication
Introduction to Active Directory® Authentication
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Active Directory® Authentication restricts the use of your Brother machine. If Active Directory® Authentication is
enabled, the machine's control panel will be locked. You cannot change the machine's settings until you enter a
User ID and password.
Active Directory® Authentication offers the following feature:
Stores incoming print data
You can change the Active Directory® Authentication settings using Web Based Management or BRAdmin
Professional 3 (Windows®).
Related Information
Use Active Directory® Authentication
138
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use Active Directory® Authentication > Configure Active
Directory® Authentication Using Web Based Management
Configure Active Directory® Authentication Using Web Based
Management
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Active Directory® authentication supports Kerberos authentication and NTLMv2 authentication. You must
configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) and DNS server configuration for authentication.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select Active Directory Authentication.
7. Click Submit.
8. Select Active Directory Authentication in the left navigation bar.
9. Configure the following settings:
Option Description
Storage PC Print Data Select this option to store incoming print data. After you log on to the
machine, your PC print jobs will be printed automatically. This feature is
available only for print data created by a Brother native printer driver.
Remember User ID Select this option to save your User ID.
Active Directory Server
Address
Type the IP address or the server name (for example: ad.example.com) of
the Active Directory® Server.
Active Directory Domain
Name
Type the Active Directory® domain name.
Protocol & Authentication
Method
Select the protocol and authentication method.
LDAP Server Port Type the port number to connect the Active Directory® server via LDAP
(available only for LDAP + kerberos authentication method).
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
Use Active Directory® Authentication
139
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use Active Directory® Authentication > Log On to Change
the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (Active Directory® Authentication)
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control
Panel (Active Directory® Authentication)
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
When Active Directory® Authentication is enabled, the machine's control panel will be locked until you enter
your User ID and password on the machine's control panel.
1. On the machine's control panel, enter your User ID.
2. Press [OK].
3. Enter your password.
4. Press [OK].
5. When authentication is successful, the machine's control panel will be unlocked.
Related Information
Use Active Directory® Authentication
140
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use LDAP Authentication
Use LDAP Authentication
Introduction to LDAP Authentication
Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based Management
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (LDAP
Authentication)
141
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use LDAP Authentication > Introduction to LDAP
Authentication
Introduction to LDAP Authentication
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
LDAP Authentication restricts the use of your Brother machine. If LDAP Authentication is enabled, the machine's
control panel will be locked. You cannot change the machine's settings until you enter a User ID and password.
LDAP Authentication offers the following feature:
Stores incoming print data
You can change the LDAP Authentication settings using Web Based Management or BRAdmin Professional 3
(Windows®).
Related Information
Use LDAP Authentication
142
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use LDAP Authentication > Configure LDAP
Authentication Using Web Based Management
Configure LDAP Authentication Using Web Based Management
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the User Restriction Function menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Select LDAP Authentication.
7. Click Submit.
8. Click LDAP Authentication in the left navigation bar.
9. Configure the following settings:
Option Description
Storage PC Print Data Select this option to store incoming print data. After you log on to the machine,
your PC print jobs will be printed automatically. This feature is available only
for print data created by a Brother native printer driver.
Remember User ID Select this option to save your User ID.
LDAP Server Address Type the IP address or the server name (for example: ldap.example.com) of
the LDAP server.
LDAP Server Port Type the LDAP server port number.
LDAP Search Root Type the LDAP search root directory.
Attribute of Name
(Search Key)
Type the attribute you want to use as a search key.
10. Click Submit.
Related Information
Use LDAP Authentication
143
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use LDAP Authentication > Log On to Change the
Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control Panel (LDAP Authentication)
Log On to Change the Machine Settings Using the Machine's Control
Panel (LDAP Authentication)
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
When LDAP Authentication is enabled, the machine's control panel will be locked until you enter your User ID
and password on the machine's control panel.
1. On the machine's control panel, enter your User ID and Password.
2. Press [OK].
3. When authentication is successful, the machine's control panel will be unlocked.
Related Information
Use LDAP Authentication
144
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Certificates and Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®)
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
145
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS
Introduction to SSL/TLS
Secure Socket Layer (SSL) or Transport Layer Security (TLS) is an effective method of protecting data sent over
a local or wide area network (LAN or WAN). It works by encrypting data, such as a print job, sent over a network,
so anyone trying to capture it will not be able to read it.
SSL/TLS can be configured on both wired and wireless networks and will work with other forms of security such
as WPA keys and firewalls.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
146
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Brief History of SSL/TLS
Brief History of SSL/TLS
SSL/TLS was originally created to secure web traffic information, particularly data sent between web browsers
and servers. For example, when you use Internet Explorer® for Internet Banking and you see https:// and the little
padlock icon in the web browser, you are using SSL. SSL grew to work with additional applications, such as
Telnet, printer, and FTP software, in order to become a universal solution for online security. Its original design
intentions are still being used today by many online retailers and banks to secure sensitive data, such as credit
card numbers, customer records, etc.
SSL/TLS uses extremely high levels of encryption and is trusted by banks all over the world.
Related Information
Introduction to SSL/TLS
147
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Introduction to SSL/TLS > Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
Benefits of Using SSL/TLS
The primary benefit of using SSL/TLS on Brother machines is to guarantee secure printing over an IP network by
restricting unauthorised users from reading data sent to the machine. SSL's key selling point is that it can be
used to print confidential data securely. For example, an HR department in a large company may be printing
wage slips on a regular basis. Without encryption, the data contained on these wages slips can be read by other
network users. However, with SSL/TLS, anyone trying to capture the data will see a confusing page of code and
not the actual wage slip.
Related Information
Introduction to SSL/TLS
148
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management
Certificates and Web Based Management
You must configure a certificate to manage your networked Brother machine securely using SSL/TLS. You must
use Web Based Management to configure a certificate.
Supported Security Certificate Features
Create and Install a Certificate
Manage Multiple Certificates
149
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Supported Security Certificate Features
Supported Security Certificate Features
Your Brother machine supports the use of multiple security certificates, which allows secure management,
authentication, and communication with the machine. The following security certificate features can be used with
the machine:
SSL/TLS communication
SSL communication for SMTP
IEEE 802.1x authentication
IPsec
The Brother machine supports the following:
Pre-installed certificate
Your machine has a pre-installed self-signed certificate. This certificate enables you to use SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate.
The pre-installed self-signed certificate cannot protect your communication from being compromised. We
recommend using a certificate that is issued by a trusted organisation for better security.
Self-signed certificate
This print server issues its own certificate. Using this certificate, you can easily use the SSL/TLS
communication without creating or installing a different certificate from a CA.
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
There are two methods for installing a certificate from a CA. If you already have a certificate from a CA or if
you want to use a certificate from an external trusted CA:
- When using a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) from this print server.
- When importing a certificate and a private key.
Certificate Authority (CA) Certificate
To use a CA certificate that identifies the CA and owns its private key, you must import that CA certificate
from the CA before configuring the security features of the Network.
If you are going to use SSL/TLS communication, we recommend contacting your system administrator
first.
When you reset the print server back to its default factory settings, the certificate and the private key
that are installed will be deleted. If you want to keep the same certificate and the private key after
resetting the print server, export them before resetting, and then reinstall them.
Related Information
Certificates and Web Based Management
150
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Import and Export a CA Certificate
151
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Step by Step Guide for
Creating and Installing a Certificate
Step by Step Guide for Creating and Installing a Certificate
There are two options when choosing a security certificate: use a self-signed certificate or use a certificate from a
Certificate Authority (CA).
These are a brief summary of the actions required, based on the option you choose.
Option 1
Self-Signed Certificate
1. Create a self-signed certificate using Web Based Management.
2. Install the self-signed certificate on your computer.
Option 2
Certificate from a CA
1. Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) using Web Based Management.
2. Install the certificate issued by the CA on your Brother machine using Web Based Management.
3. Install the certificate on your computer.
Related Information
Create and Install a Certificate
152
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
153
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Create a Self-signed Certificate
Create a Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create Self-Signed Certificate.
8. Enter a Common Name and a Valid Date.
The length of the Common Name is less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP address, node
name, or domain name to use when accessing this machine through SSL/TLS communication. The node
name is displayed by default.
A warning will appear if you use the IPPS or HTTPS protocol and enter a different name in the URL than
the Common Name that was used for the self-signed certificate.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
12. Click Network.
13. Click Protocol.
14. Click HTTP Server Settings.
15. Select the certificate you want to configure from the Select the Certificate drop-down list.
16. Click Submit.
The following screen appears.
154
17. Click Yes to restart your print server.
The self-signed certificate is created and saved in your machine's memory.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must be installed on your computer.
Related Information
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
155
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with Administrator Rights
Install the Self-signed Certificate for Windows® users with
Administrator Rights
The following steps are for Microsoft® Internet Explorer®. If you use another web browser, consult the
documentation for your web browser to get help with installing certificates.
1. Do one of the following:
(Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008)
Click (Start) > All Programs.
(Windows® 8 )
Right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon on the taskbar.
(Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016)
Click Windows Accessories.
(Windows Server® 2012 and Windows Server® 2012 R2)
Click (Internet Explorer), and then right-click the (Internet Explorer) icon that appears on the
taskbar.
2. Right-click Internet Explorer, and then click Run as administrator.
If the More option appears, click More.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
3. Type "https://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar to access your machine (where "machine's
IP address" is the machine's IP address or the node name that you assigned for the certificate).
156
4. Click Continue to this website (not recommended).
5. Click Certificate error, and then click View certificates.
6. Click Install Certificate....
157
7. When the Certificate Import Wizard appears, click Next.
8. Select Place all certificates in the following store, and then click Browse....
9. Select Trusted Root Certification Authorities, and then click OK.
10. Click Next.
158
11. Click Finish.
12. Click Yes, if the fingerprint (thumbprint) is correct.
The fingerprint (thumbprint) is printed on the Network Configuration Report.
13. Click OK.
The self-signed certificate is now installed on your computer, and SSL/TLS communication is available.
Related Information
Create and Install a Self-signed Certificate
159
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
You can store the self-signed certificates on your Brother machine and manage them by importing and exporting.
Import the Self-signed Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
160
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Import the Self-
signed Certificate
Import the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The self-signed certificate is imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the self-signed certificate must also be installed on your computer. Contact your
network administrator.
Related Information
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
161
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a Self-
signed Certificate > Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine > Export the Self-
signed Certificate
Export the Self-signed Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. If you want to encrypt the file, type a password in the Enter password field.
If the Enter password field is blank, your output file will not be encrypted.
9. Type the password again in the Retype password field, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The self-signed certificate is exported to your computer.
You can also import the self-signed certificate to your computer.
Related Information
Import and Export the Self-signed Certificate on your Brother Machine
162
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
If you already have a certificate from an external trusted CA, you can store the certificate and private key on the
machine and manage them by importing and exporting. If you do not have a certificate from an external trusted
CA, create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR), send it to a CA for authentication, and install the returned
certificate on your machine.
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
163
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Create a Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A Certificate Signing Request (CSR) is a request sent to a Certificate Authority (CA) to authenticate the
credentials contained within the certificate.
We recommend installing a Root Certificate from the CA on your computer before creating the CSR.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Create CSR.
8. Type a Common Name (required) and add other information about your Organization (optional).
Your company details are required so that a CA can confirm your identity and verify it to the outside
world.
The length of the Common Name must be less than 64 bytes. Enter an identifier, such as an IP
address, node name, or domain name to use when accessing this printer through SSL/TLS
communication. The node name is displayed by default. The Common Name is required.
A warning will appear if you type a different name in the URL than the Common Name that was used for
the certificate.
The length of the Organization, the Organization Unit, the City/Locality and the State/Province must
be less than 64 bytes.
The Country/Region should be a two character ISO 3166 country code.
If you are configuring an X.509v3 certificate extension, select the Configure extended partition check
box, and then select Auto (Register IPv4) or Manual.
9. Select your setting from the Public Key Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is RSA(2048bit).
10. Select your setting from the Digest Algorithm drop-down list. The default setting is SHA256.
11. Click Submit.
The CSR appears on your screen. Save the CSR as a file or copy and paste it into an online CSR form
offered by a Certificate Authority.
164
12. Click Save.
Follow your CA's policy regarding the method to send a CSR to your CA.
If you are using the Enterprise root CA of Windows Server® 2008/2012/2012 R2/2016, we recommend
using the Web Server for the certificate template to securely create the Client Certificate. If you are
creating a Client Certificate for an IEEE 802.1x environment with EAP-TLS authentication, we
recommend using User for the certificate template. For more information, go to your model's page on
the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
165
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
Install a Certificate on Your Brother Machine
When you receive a certificate from a CA, follow the steps below to install it into the print server:
Only a certificate issued with your machine's CSR can be installed onto the machine. When you want to create
another CSR, make sure that the certificate is installed before creating another CSR. Create another CSR only
after installing the certificate on the machine. If you do not, the CSR you create before installing will be invalid.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Install Certificate.
8. Browse to the file that contains the certificate issued by the CA, and then click Submit.
The certificate has been created successfully and saved in your machine's memory successfully.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must be installed on your computer. Contact
your network administrator.
Related Information
Create and Install a Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA)
166
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
Store the certificate and private key on your machine and manage them by importing and exporting them.
Import a Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
167
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Import a
Certificate and Private Key
Import a Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Import Certificate and Private Key.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Type the password if the file is encrypted, and then click Submit.
The certificate and private key are imported to your machine.
To use SSL/TLS communication, the Root Certificate from the CA must also be installed on your computer.
Contact your network administrator.
Related Information
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
168
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Create and Install a
Certificate from a Certificate Authority (CA) > Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key > Export the
Certificate and Private Key
Export the Certificate and Private Key
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click Certificate.
7. Click Export shown with Certificate List.
8. Enter the password if you want to encrypt the file.
If a blank password is used, the output is not encrypted.
9. Enter the password again for confirmation, and then click Submit.
10. Click Save.
11. Specify the location where you want to save the file.
The certificate and private key are exported to your computer.
You can also import the certificate to your computer.
Related Information
Import and Export the Certificate and Private Key
169
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate
Import and Export a CA Certificate
You can import, export and store CA certificates on your Brother machine.
Import a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
170
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Import a CA Certificate
Import a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Click Import CA Certificate.
8. Browse to the file you want to import.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
Import and Export a CA Certificate
171
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Create and Install a Certificate > Import and Export a CA
Certificate > Export a CA Certificate
Export a CA Certificate
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click CA Certificate.
7. Select the certificate you want to export and click Export.
8. Click Submit.
9. Click Save.
10. Specify where on your computer you want to save the exported certificate, and save it.
Related Information
Import and Export a CA Certificate
172
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Certificates and Web Based Management > Manage Multiple Certificates
Manage Multiple Certificates
The multiple certificate feature allows you to use Web Based Management to manage each certificate installed
on your machine. In Web Based Management, navigate to the Certificate or CA Certificate screen to view
certificate content, delete, or export your certificates.
Maximum Number of Certificates Stored UP on Brother Machine
Self-signed Certificate or
Certificate Issued by a CA
5
CA Certificate 6
We recommend storing one less certificate than allowed, reserving an empty spot in case of certificate expiration.
When a certificate expires, import a new certificate into the reserved spot, and then delete the expired certificate.
This ensures that you avoid configuration failure.
When you use HTTPS/IPPS, or IEEE 802.1x, you must select which certificate you are using.
When you use SSL for SMTP communications, you do not have to choose the certificate. The
necessary certificate will be chosen automatically.
Related Information
Certificates and Web Based Management
173
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using Web Based Management
To manage your network machine securely, you must use management utilities with security protocols.
We recommend using the HTTPS protocol for secure management. To use this protocol, HTTPS must be
enabled on your machine.
The HTTPS protocol is enabled by default.
You can change the HTTPS protocol settings using the Web Based Management screen.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "https://Common Name" in your browser's address bar (where "Common Name" is the Common Name
that you assigned to the certificate; this could be your IP address, node name, or domain name).
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. You can now access the machine using HTTPS.
If you use the SNMPv3 protocol, follow the steps below.
You can also change the SNMP settings by using BRAdmin Professional 3.
5. Click the Network tab.
6. Click Protocol.
7. Make sure the SNMP setting is enabled, and then click Advanced Settings.
8. Configure the SNMP settings.
There are three options for SNMP Mode of Operation.
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol. You can use all
Brother applications in this mode. However, it is not secure since it will not authenticate the user, and data
will not be encrypted.
SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access
174
In this mode, the print server uses the read-write access of version 3 and the read-only access of version
1 and version 2c of the SNMP protocol.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access mode, some Brother
applications (such as BRAdmin Light) that access the print server do not work correctly since they authorize
the read-only access of version 1 and version 2c. If you want to use all applications, we recommend using
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
SNMPv3 read-write access
In this mode, the print server uses version 3 of the SNMP protocol. If you want to manage the print server
securely, use this mode.
When you use SNMPv3 read-write access mode, note the following:
- You can use only BRAdmin Professional 3 or Web Based Management to manage the print server.
- Except for BRAdmin Professional 3, all applications that use SNMPv1/v2c will be restricted. To allow the
use of SNMPv1/v2c applications, use SNMPv3 read-write access and v1/v2c read-only access or
SNMP v1/v2c read-write access mode.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
175
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional 3 (Windows®)
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using BRAdmin Professional 3
(Windows®)
To use BRAdmin Professional 3 utility, you must:
Use the latest version of BRAdmin Professional 3. Go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother
Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Use Web Based Management with the HTTPS protocol if you use BRAdmin Professional 3 and Web Based
Management together.
Use a different password in each group if you are managing a mixed group of older and newer print servers
with BRAdmin Professional 3. This will ensure security is maintained on the newer print servers.
"Older versions of BRAdmin" refer to BRAdmin Professional older than Ver. 2.80 and BRAdmin Light for
Macintosh older than Ver.1.10.
"Older print servers" refer to NC-2000 series, NC-2100p, NC-3100h, NC-3100s, NC-4100h, NC-5100h,
NC-5200h, NC-6100h, NC-6200h, NC-6300h, NC-6400h, NC-8000, NC-100h, NC-110h, NC-120w,
NC-130h, NC-140w, NC-8100h, NC-9100h, NC-7100w, NC-7200w and NC-2200w.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
176
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/
TLS > Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
Print Documents Securely Using SSL/TLS
To print documents securely with IPP protocol, use the IPPS protocol.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click Protocol. Make sure the IPP check box is selected.
If the IPP check box is not selected, select the IPP check box, and then click Submit.
Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
After the machine restarts, return to the machine's web page, click the Network tab, and then click
Protocol.
6. Click HTTP Server Settings.
7. Select the HTTPS(Port443) check box in the IPP, and then click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Communication using IPPS cannot prevent unauthorised access to the print server.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using SSL/TLS
177
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
Introduction to IPsec
Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
178
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Introduction to IPsec
Introduction to IPsec
IPsec (Internet Protocol Security) is a security protocol that uses an optional Internet Protocol function to prevent
manipulation and ensure the confidentiality of data transmitted as IP packets. IPsec encrypts data carried over
the network, such as print data sent from computers to a printer. Because the data is encrypted at the network
layer, applications that employ a higher-level protocol use IPsec even if the user is not aware of its use.
IPsec supports the following functions:
IPsec transmissions
According to the IPsec setting conditions, the network-connected computer sends data to and receives data
from the specified device using IPsec. When the devices start communicating using IPsec, keys are
exchanged using Internet Key Exchange (IKE) first, and then the encrypted data is transmitted using the
keys.
In addition, IPsec has two operation modes: the Transport mode and Tunnel mode. The Transport mode is
used mainly for communication between devices and the Tunnel mode is used in environments such as a
Virtual Private Network (VPN).
For IPsec transmissions, the following conditions are necessary:
- A computer that can communicate using IPsec is connected to the network.
- Your Brother machine is configured for IPsec communication.
- The computer connected to your Brother machine is configured for IPsec connections.
IPsec settings
The settings that are necessary for connections using IPsec. These settings can be configured using Web
Based Management.
To configure the IPsec settings, you must use the browser on a computer that is connected to the network.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
179
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
Configure IPsec Using Web Based Management
The IPsec connection conditions are comprised of two Template types: Address and IPsec. You can configure
up to 10 connection conditions.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the IPsec menu in the left navigation bar.
7. In the Status field, enable or disable IPsec.
8. Select Negotiation Mode for IKE Phase 1.
IKE is a protocol that is used to exchange encryption keys in order to carry out encrypted communication
using IPsec.
180
In Main mode, the processing speed is slow, but the security is high. In Aggressive mode, the processing
speed is faster than Main mode, but the security is lower.
9. In the All Non-IPsec Traffic field, select the action to be taken for non-IPsec packets.
When using Web Services, you must select Allow for All Non-IPsec Traffic. If you select Drop, Web
Services cannot be used.
10. In the Broadcast/Multicast Bypass field, select Enabled or Disabled.
11. In the Protocol Bypass field, select the check box for the option or options you want.
12. In the Rules table, select the Enabled check box to activate the template.
When you select multiple check boxes, the lower numbered check boxes have priority if the settings for the
selected check boxes conflict.
13. Click on the corresponding drop-down list to select the Address Template that is used for the IPsec
connection conditions.
To add an Address Template, click Add Template.
14. Click on the corresponding drop-down list to select the IPsec Template that is used for the IPsec connection
conditions.
To add an IPsec Template, click Add Template.
15. Click Submit.
If the machine must be restarted to register the new settings, the restart confirmation screen will appear.
If there is a blank item in the template you enabled in the Rules table, an error message appears. Confirm
your choices and click Submit again.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
181
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Address Template Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click the IPsec Address Template menu in the left navigation bar.
The Template List appears, displaying 10 Address Templates.
Click the Delete button to delete an Address Template. When an Address Template is in use, it cannot be
deleted.
7. Click the Address Template that you want to create. The IPsec Address Template appears.
8. In the Template Name field, type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
9. Select a Local IP Address option to specify the IP address conditions for the sender:
IP Address
Specify the IP address. Select ALL IPv4 Address, ALL IPv6 Address, ALL Link Local IPv6, or Custom
from the drop-down list.
If you select Custom from the drop-down list, type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) in the text box.
IP Address Range
Type the starting and ending IP addresses for the IP address range in the text boxes. If the starting and
ending IP addresses are not standardized to IPv4 or IPv6, or the ending IP address is smaller than the
starting address, an error will occur.
IP Address / Prefix
Specify the IP address using CIDR notation.
182
For example: 192.168.1.1/24
Because the prefix is specified in the form of a 24-bit subnet mask (255.255.255.0) for 192.168.1.1, the
addresses 192.168.1.xxx are valid.
10. Select a Remote IP Address option to specify the IP address conditions for the recipient:
Any
If you select Any, all IP addresses are enabled.
IP Address
Type the specified IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) in the text box.
IP Address Range
Type the starting and ending IP addresses for the IP address range. If the starting and ending IP
addresses are not standardized to IPv4 or IPv6, or the ending IP address is smaller than the starting
address, an error will occur.
IP Address / Prefix
Specify the IP address using CIDR notation.
For example: 192.168.1.1/24
Because the prefix is specified in the form of a 24-bit subnet mask (255.255.255.0) for 192.168.1.1, the
addresses 192.168.1.xxx are valid.
11. Click Submit.
When you change the settings for the template currently in use, restart your machine to active the
configuration.
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
183
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Security tab.
6. Click IPsec Template in the left navigation bar.
The Template List appears, displaying 10 IPsec Templates.
Click the Delete button to delete an IPsec Template. When an IPsec Template is in use, it cannot be
deleted.
7. Click IPsec Template that you want to create. The IPsec Template screen appears. The configuration fields
differ based on the Use Prefixed Template and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) you select.
8. In the Template Name field, type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
9. If you selected Custom in the Use Prefixed Template drop-down list, select the Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) options, and then change the settings if needed.
10. Click Submit.
184
Related Information
Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using IPsec
IKEv1 Settings for an IPsec Template
IKEv2 Settings for an IPsec Template
Manual Settings for an IPsec Template
185
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management > IKEv1 Settings for an IPsec Template
IKEv1 Settings for an IPsec Template
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
186
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom, IKEv1 High Security or IKEv1 Medium Security. The setting items are different depending
on the selected template.
The default template differs depending on whether you chose Main or Aggressive for Negotiation Mode
on the IPsec configuration screen.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption keys in order to carry out encrypted
communication using IPsec. To carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption algorithm
that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are
exchanged using the Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication that is limited to
IKE is carried out.
If you selected Custom in Use Prefixed Template, select IKEv1.
Authentication Type
Configure the IKE authentication and encryption.
Diffie-Hellman Group
This key exchange method allows secret keys to be securely exchanged over an unprotected network.
The Diffie-Hellman key exchange method uses a discrete logarithm problem, not the secret key, to send
and receive open information that was generated using a random number and the secret key.
Select Group1, Group2, Group5, or Group14.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Hash
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512.
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
Encapsulating Security
Protocol
Select ESP, AH or AH+ESP.
- ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload
(communicated contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet is comprised of the header
and the encrypted payload, which follows the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP packet
also includes information regarding the encryption method and encryption key, the authentication data,
and so on.
- AH is part of the IPsec protocol that authenticates the sender and prevents manipulation (ensures the
completeness) of the data. In the IP packet, the data is inserted immediately after the header. In
addition, the packets include hash values, which are calculated using an equation from the
communicated contents, secret key, and so on, in order to prevent the falsification of the sender and
manipulation of the data. Unlike ESP, the communicated contents are not encrypted, and the data is
sent and received as plain text.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256. The encryption can be selected only when ESP
is selected in Protocol.
Hash
Select None, MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512.
When AH+ESP is selected in Protocol, select each protocol for Hash(ESP) and Hash(AH).
SA Lifetime
Specify the IPsec SA lifetime.
187
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte) before the IPsec SA will expire.
Encapsulation Mode
Select Transport or Tunnel.
Remote Router IP-Address
Type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the remote router. Enter this information only when the Tunnel
mode is selected.
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and
shares information, such as the encryption method and encryption key, in order to establish a secure
communication channel before communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA used for IPsec establishes the encryption
method, exchanges the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the IKE (Internet Key
Exchange) standard procedure. In addition, the SA is updated periodically.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS)
PFS does not derive keys from previous keys that were used to encrypt messages. In addition, if a key that is
used to encrypt a message was derived from a parent key, that parent key is not used to derive other keys.
Therefore, even if a key is compromised, the damage will be limited only to the messages that were encrypted
using that key.
Select Enabled or Disabled.
Authentication Method
Select the authentication method. Select Pre-Shared Key or Certificates.
Pre-Shared Key
When encrypting communication, the encryption key is exchanged and shared beforehand using another
channel.
If you selected Pre-Shared Key for the Authentication Method, type the Pre-Shared Key (up to 32
characters).
Local/ID Type/ID
Select the sender's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate in the ID field.
Remote/ID Type/ID
Select the recipient's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate in the ID field.
Certificate
If you selected Certificates for Authentication Method, select the certificate.
You can select only the certificates that were created using the Certificate page of Web Based
Management's Security configuration screen.
Related Information
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
188
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management > IKEv2 Settings for an IPsec Template
IKEv2 Settings for an IPsec Template
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
189
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom, IKEv2 High Security, or IKEv2 Medium Security. The setting items are different depending
on the selected template.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption keys in order to carry out encrypted
communication using IPsec. To carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption algorithm
that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are
exchanged using the Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication that is limited to
IKE is carried out.
If you selected Custom in Use Prefixed Template, select IKEv2.
Authentication Type
Configure the IKE authentication and encryption.
Diffie-Hellman Group
This key exchange method allows secret keys to be securely exchanged over an unprotected network.
The Diffie-Hellman key exchange method uses a discrete logarithm problem, not the secret key, to send
and receive open information that was generated using a random number and the secret key.
Select Group1, Group2, Group5, or Group14.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Hash
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384 or SHA512.
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte).
Encapsulating Security
Protocol
Select ESP.
ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload
(communicated contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet is comprised of the header and
the encrypted payload, which follows the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP packet also
includes information regarding the encryption method and encryption key, the authentication data, and so
on.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256.
Hash
Select MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512.
SA Lifetime
Specify the IPsec SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte) before the IPsec SA will expire.
Encapsulation Mode
Select Transport or Tunnel.
Remote Router IP-Address
Type the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the remote router. Enter this information only when the Tunnel
mode is selected.
190
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and
shares information, such as the encryption method and encryption key, in order to establish a secure
communication channel before communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA used for IPsec establishes the encryption
method, exchanges the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the IKE (Internet Key
Exchange) standard procedure. In addition, the SA is updated periodically.
Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS)
PFS does not derive keys from previous keys that were used to encrypt messages. In addition, if a key that is
used to encrypt a message was derived from a parent key, that parent key is not used to derive other keys.
Therefore, even if a key is compromised, the damage will be limited only to the messages that were encrypted
using that key.
Select Enabled or Disabled.
Authentication Method
Select the authentication method. Select Pre-Shared Key, Certificates, EAP - MD5, or EAP - MS-CHAPv2.
Pre-Shared Key
When encrypting communication, the encryption key is exchanged and shared beforehand using another
channel.
If you selected Pre-Shared Key for the Authentication Method, type the Pre-Shared Key (up to 32
characters).
Local/ID Type/ID
Select the sender's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate in the ID field.
Remote/ID Type/ID
Select the recipient's ID type, and then type the ID.
Select IPv4 Address, IPv6 Address, FQDN, E-mail Address, or Certificate for the type.
If you select Certificate, type the common name of the certificate in the ID field.
Certificate
If you selected Certificates for Authentication Method, select the certificate.
You can select only the certificates that were created using the Certificate page of Web Based
Management's Security configuration screen.
EAP
EAP is an authentication protocol that is an extension of PPP. By using EAP with IEEE802.1x, a different key
is used for user authentication during each session.
The following settings are necessary only when EAP - MD5 or EAP - MS-CHAPv2 is selected in
Authentication Method:
Mode
Select Server-Mode or Client-Mode.
Certificate
Select the certificate.
User Name
Type the user name (up to 32 characters).
Password
Type the password (up to 32 characters). The password must be entered two times for confirmation.
191
Related Information
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
192
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Manage Your Network Machine Securely Using
IPsec > Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management > Manual Settings for an IPsec
Template
Manual Settings for an IPsec Template
Template Name
Type a name for the template (up to 16 characters).
Use Prefixed Template
Select Custom.
Internet Key Exchange (IKE)
IKE is a communication protocol that is used to exchange encryption keys in order to carry out encrypted
communication using IPsec. To carry out encrypted communication for that time only, the encryption algorithm
that is necessary for IPsec is determined and the encryption keys are shared. For IKE, the encryption keys are
exchanged using the Diffie-Hellman key exchange method, and encrypted communication that is limited to
IKE is carried out.
193
Select Manual.
Authentication Key (ESP,AH)
Specify the key to use for authentication. Type the In/Out values.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected for Use Prefixed Template, Manual is selected for
Internet Key Exchange (IKE), and a setting other than None is selected for Hash for Encapsulating
Security section.
The number of characters you can set differs depending on the setting you chose for Hash in the
Encapsulating Security section.
If the length of the specified authentication key is different than the selected hash algorithm, an error will
occur.
MD5: 128 bits (16 bytes)
SHA1: 160 bits (20 bytes)
SHA256: 256 bits (32 bytes)
SHA384: 384 bits (48 bytes)
SHA512: 512 bits (64 bytes)
When you specify the key in ASCII Code, enclose the characters in double quotation marks (").
Code key (ESP)
Specify the key to use for encryption. Type the In/Out values.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected in Use Prefixed Template, Manual is selected in
Internet Key Exchange (IKE), and ESP is selected in Protocol in Encapsulating Security.
The number of characters you can set differs depending on the setting you chose for Encryption in the
Encapsulating Security section.
If the length of the specified code key is different than the selected encryption algorithm, an error will occur.
DES: 64 bits (8 bytes)
3DES: 192 bits (24 bytes)
AES-CBC 128: 128 bits (16 bytes)
AES-CBC 256: 256 bits (32 bytes)
When you specify the key in ASCII Code, enclose the characters in double quotation marks (").
SPI
These parameters are used to identify security information. Generally, a host has multiple Security
Associations (SAs) for several types of IPsec communication. Therefore, it is necessary to identify the
applicable SA when an IPsec packet is received. The SPI parameter, which identifies the SA, is included in
the Authentication Header (AH) and Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP) header.
These settings are necessary when Custom is selected for Use Prefixed Template, and Manual is selected
for Internet Key Exchange (IKE).
Enter the In/Out values. (3-10 characters)
Encapsulating Security
Protocol
Select ESP or AH.
194
- ESP is a protocol for carrying out encrypted communication using IPsec. ESP encrypts the payload
(communicated contents) and adds additional information. The IP packet is comprised of the header
and the encrypted payload, which follows the header. In addition to the encrypted data, the IP packet
also includes information regarding the encryption method and encryption key, the authentication data,
and so on.
- AH is part of the IPsec protocol that authenticates the sender and prevents manipulation of the data
(ensures the completeness of the data). In the IP packet, the data is inserted immediately after the
header. In addition, the packets include hash values, which are calculated using an equation from the
communicated contents, secret key, and so on, in order to prevent the falsification of the sender and
manipulation of the data. Unlike ESP, the communicated contents are not encrypted, and the data is
sent and received as plain text.
Encryption
Select DES, 3DES, AES-CBC 128, or AES-CBC 256. The encryption can be selected only when ESP
is selected in Protocol.
Hash
Select None, MD5, SHA1, SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512. None can be selected only when ESP is
selected in Protocol.
SA Lifetime
Specify the IKE SA lifetime.
Type the time (seconds) and number of kilobytes (KByte) before the IPsec SA will expire.
Encapsulation Mode
Select Transport or Tunnel.
Remote Router IP-Address
Specify the IP address (IPv4 or IPv6) of the connection destination. Enter this information only when the
Tunnel mode is selected.
SA (Security Association) is an encrypted communication method using IPsec or IPv6 that exchanges and
shares information, such as the encryption method and encryption key, in order to establish a secure
communication channel before communication begins. SA may also refer to a virtual encrypted
communication channel that has been established. The SA used for IPsec establishes the encryption
method, exchanges the keys, and carries out mutual authentication according to the IKE (Internet Key
Exchange) standard procedure. In addition, the SA is updated periodically.
Related Information
Configure an IPsec Template Using Web Based Management
195
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely
Send an Email Securely
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
Send an Email with User Authentication
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
196
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Configure Email Sending Using
Web Based Management
Configure Email Sending Using Web Based Management
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure secured email sending with user authentication,
or email sending using SSL/TLS.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the SMTP field, click Advanced Settings and make sure the status of SMTP is Enabled.
7. Configure the SMTP settings.
Confirm that the email settings are correct after configuration by sending a test email.
If you do not know the SMTP server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service
Provider (ISP).
8. When finished, click Submit.
The Test Send E-mail Configuration dialog box appears.
9. Follow the instructions in the dialog box to test the current settings.
Related Information
Send an Email Securely
197
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email with User
Authentication
Send an Email with User Authentication
Your Brother machine supports the SMTP-AUTH method to send email via an email server that requires user
authentication. This method prevents unauthorised users from accessing the email server.
You can use the SMTP-AUTH method for email notification and email reports.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure the SMTP authentication.
Email Server Settings
You must configure your machine's SMTP authentication method to match the method used by your email server.
For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or Internet Service Provider
(ISP).
To enable SMTP server authentication, in the Web Based Management SMTP screen, under Server
Authentication Method, you must select SMTP-AUTH.
Related Information
Send an Email Securely
198
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Send an Email Securely > Send an Email Securely Using
SSL/TLS
Send an Email Securely Using SSL/TLS
Your Brother machine supports SSL/TLS methods to send an email via an email server that requires secure
SSL/TLS communication. To send email via an email server that is using SSL/TLS communication, you must
configure SMTP over SSL/TLS.
We recommend using Web Based Management to configure SSL/TLS.
Verify Server Certificate
Under SSL/TLS, if you choose SSL or TLS, the Verify Server Certificate check box will be selected
automatically.
Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate issued by the CA that signed
the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) to
confirm if importing a CA certificate is necessary.
If you do not need to verify the server certificate, clear the Verify Server Certificate check box.
Port Number
If you select SSL, the Port value will be changed to match the protocol. To change the port number manually,
type the port number after you choose SSL/TLS.
199
You must configure your machine's SMTP communication method to match the method used by your email
server. For details about your email server settings, contact your network administrator or your ISP.
In most cases, the secured webmail services require the following settings:
SMTP Port 25
Server Authentication Method SMTP-AUTH
SSL/TLS TLS
Related Information
Send an Email Securely
200
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
201
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
What Is IEEE 802.1x Authentication?
IEEE 802.1x is an IEEE standard for wired and wireless networks that limits access from unauthorised network
devices. Your Brother machine (supplicant) sends an authentication request to a RADIUS server (Authentication
server) through your access point or HUB. After your request has been verified by the RADIUS server, your
machine can access the network.
Related Information
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
202
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network Using Web Based
Management (Web Browser)
Configure IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
If you configure your machine using EAP-TLS authentication, you must install the client certificate issued
by a CA before you start configuration. Contact your network administrator about the client certificate. If
you have installed more than one certificate, we recommend writing down the certificate name you want to
use.
Before you verify the server certificate, you must import the CA certificate that has been issued by the CA
that signed the server certificate. Contact your network administrator or your Internet Service Provider
(ISP) to confirm whether a CA certificate import is necessary.
You can also configure IEEE 802.1x authentication using:
BRAdmin Professional 3 (Wired and wireless network)
Wireless setup wizard from the control panel (Wireless network)
Wireless setup wizard on the installation disc (Wireless network)
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Wired network Click the Wired tab, and then select Wired 802.1x Authentication in the left navigation
bar.
Wireless network Click the Wireless tab, and then select Wireless (Enterprise) in the left navigation bar.
6. Configure the IEEE 802.1x authentication settings.
203
To enable IEEE 802.1x authentication for wired networks, select Enabled for Wired 802.1x status on
the Wired 802.1x Authentication page.
If you are using EAP-TLS authentication, you must select the client certificate that has been installed
(shown with certificate name) for verification from the Client Certificate drop-down list.
If you select EAP-FAST, PEAP, EAP-TTLS, or EAP-TLS authentication, select the verification method
from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list. Verify the server certificate using the CA
certificate, imported to the machine in advance, that has been issued by the CA that signed the server
certificate.
Select one of the following verification methods from the Server Certificate Verification drop-down list:
Option Description
No Verification The server certificate can always be trusted. The verification is not performed.
CA Cert. The verification method to check the CA reliability of the server certificate, using the
CA certificate that has been issued by the CA that signed the server certificate.
CA Cert. + ServerID The verification method to check the common name 1 value of the server certificate,
in addition to the CA reliability of the server certificate.
7. When finished with configuration, click Submit.
For wired networks: After configuring, connect your machine to the IEEE 802.1x supported network. After a
few minutes, print the Network Configuration Report to check the <Wired IEEE 802.1x> Status.
Option Description
Success The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled and the authentication was successful.
Failed The wired IEEE 802.1x function is enabled; however, the authentication failed.
Off The wired IEEE 802.1x function is not available.
Related Information
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
1The common name verification compares the common name of the server certificate to the character string configured for the Server ID.
Before you use this method, contact your system administrator about the server certificate's common name and then configure Server ID.
204
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless
Network > IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
IEEE 802.1x Authentication Methods
LEAP (Wireless network)
Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol (LEAP) is a proprietary EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication.
EAP-FAST
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Flexible Authentication via Secured Tunneling (EAP-FAST) has been
developed by Cisco Systems, Inc., which uses a user ID and password for authentication, and symmetric key
algorithms to achieve a tunnelled authentication process.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentication methods:
EAP-FAST/NONE
EAP-FAST/MS-CHAPv2
EAP-FAST/GTC
EAP-MD5 (Wired network)
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Message Digest Algorithm 5 (EAP-MD5) uses a user ID and password for
challenge-response authentication.
PEAP
Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol (PEAP) is a version of EAP method developed by Cisco
Systems, Inc., Microsoft® Corporation and RSA Security. PEAP creates an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer
(SSL)/Transport Layer Security (TLS) tunnel between a client and an authentication server, for sending a user
ID and password. PEAP provides mutual authentication between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
PEAP/MS-CHAPv2
PEAP/GTC
EAP-TTLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Tunneled Transport Layer Security (EAP-TTLS) has been developed by
Funk Software and Certicom. EAP-TTLS creates a similar encrypted SSL tunnel to PEAP, between a client
and an authentication server, for sending a user ID and password. EAP-TTLS provides mutual authentication
between the server and the client.
The Brother machine supports the following inner authentications:
EAP-TTLS/CHAP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAP
EAP-TTLS/MS-CHAPv2
EAP-TTLS/PAP
EAP-TLS
Extensible Authentication Protocol-Transport Layer Security (EAP-TLS) requires digital certificate
authentication both at a client and an authentication server.
Related Information
Use IEEE 802.1x Authentication for a Wired or a Wireless Network
205
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network
Store Print Log to Network
Store Log to Network Overview
Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
206
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Store Log to Network
Overview
Store Log to Network Overview
The Store Print Log to Network feature allows you to save the print log file from your Brother machine to a
network server using the Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocol. You can record the ID, type of print job,
job name, user name, date, time and the number of printed pages for every print job. CIFS is a protocol that runs
over TCP/IP, allowing computers on a network to share files over an intranet or the Internet.
The following print functions are recorded in the print log:
Print jobs from your computer
USB Direct Print
Web Connect Print (supported models only)
The Store Print Log to Network feature supports Kerberos authentication and NTLMv2 authentication.
You must configure the SNTP protocol (network time server) for Authentication.
You can set the file type to TXT or CSV when storing a file to the server.
Related Information
Store Print Log to Network
207
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Configure the Store Print Log
to Network Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Store Print Log to Network Settings Using Web Based
Management
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu.
6. In the Print Log field, click On.
7. Configure the following settings:
Option Description
Network Folder
Path
Type the destination folder where your log will be stored on the CIFS server (i.e., \
\ComputerName\SharedFolder).
File Name Type the file name you want to use for the print log (up to 32 characters).
File Type Select the TXT or CSV option for the Print Log file type.
Auth. Method Select the authentication method required for access to the CIFS server: Auto,
Kerberos, or NTLMv2. Kerberos is an authentication protocol which allows devices or
individuals to securely prove their identity to network servers using a single sign-on.
NTLMv2 is the authentication method used by Windows® to log into servers.
Auto: If you select Auto, NTLMv2 will be used to the authentication method.
Kerberos: Select the Kerberos option to use Kerberos authentication only.
NTLMv2: Select the NTLMv2 option to use NTLMv2 authentication only.
For the Kerberos and NTLMv2 authentication, you must also configure the
SNTP protocol (network time server) and DNS server.
Username Type the user name for the authentication (up to 96 characters).
If the user name is part of a domain, enter the user name in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
Password Type the password for the authentication (up to 32 characters).
Kerberos
Server
Address (if
needed)
Type the KDC host address (for example: kerberos.example.com; up to 64 characters)
or the IP address (for example: 192.168.56.189).
Error Detection
Setting
Choose what action should be taken when the Print Log cannot be stored to the server
due to a network error.
8. In the Connection Status field, confirm the last log status.
You can also confirm the error status on the LCD of your machine.
9. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page.
208
To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step.
To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically.
10. The machine will test your settings.
11. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen.
If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
Store Print Log to Network
209
Home > Security > Network Security Features > Store Print Log to Network > Use the Store Print Log to
Network's Error Detection Setting
Use the Store Print Log to Network's Error Detection Setting
Use Error Detection Settings to determine the action that is taken when the print log cannot be stored to the
server due to a network error.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the Store Print Log to Network menu in the left navigation bar.
6. In the Error Detection Setting section, select the Cancel Print or Ignore Log & Print option.
Option Description
Cancel
Print
If you select the Cancel Print option, the print jobs are cancelled when the print log cannot be
stored to the server.
Ignore Log
& Print
If you select the Ignore Log & Print option, the machine prints the documentation even if the
print log cannot be stored to the server.
When the store print log function has recovered, the print log is recorded as follows:
a. If the log cannot be stored at the end of printing, the print log except the number of printed
pages will be recorded.
b. If the print log cannot be stored at the beginning and the end of printing, the print log of
the job will not be recorded. When the function has recovered, the error is reflected in the
log.
7. Click Submit to display the Test Print Log to Network page.
To test your settings, click Yes and then go to the next step.
To skip the test, click No. Your settings will be submitted automatically.
8. The machine will test your settings.
9. If your settings are accepted, Test OK appears on the screen.
If Test Error appears, check all settings, and then click Submit to display the Test page again.
Related Information
Store Print Log to Network
210
Home > Mobile/Web Connect
Mobile/Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Google Cloud Print
AirPrint
Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mopria® Print Service
Brother iPrint&Scan
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
211
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect Overview
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
212
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Brother Web Connect Overview
Brother Web Connect Overview
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Certain websites provide services that allow users to upload and view images and files on the websites. Your
Brother machine can download and print images that are already uploaded to these services.
1. Printing
2. Photos, images, documents and other files
3. Web Service
To use Brother Web Connect, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to the
Internet, through either a wired or wireless connection.
For network setups that use a proxy server, the machine must also be configured to use a proxy server. If you
are unsure of your network configuration, check with your network administrator.
A proxy server is a computer that serves as an intermediary between computers without a direct Internet
connection, and the Internet.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
213
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Online Services Used with Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Use Brother Web Connect to access services from your Brother machine:
To use Brother Web Connect, you must have an account with the online service you want to use. If you do not
already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
Google Drive
An online document storage, editing, sharing and file synchronization service.
URL: drive.google.com
Evernote®
An online file storage and management service.
URL: www.evernote.com
Dropbox
An online file storage, sharing and synchronization service.
URL: www.dropbox.com
OneDrive®
An online file storage, sharing and managing service.
URL: onedrive.live.com
Box
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.box.com
OneNote®
An online document editing and sharing service.
URL: www.onenote.com
For more information about any of these services, refer to the respective service's website.
The following table describes which file types can be used with each Brother Web Connect feature:
Accessible Services Google Drive
Evernote®
Dropbox
OneDrive®
Box
OneNote®
Download and print images JPEG
PDF
DOCX
XLSX
PPTX 1
1DOC/XLS/PPT formats are also available for downloading and printing images.
214
(For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea)
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
215
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
216
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Brother Software Installation for Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
The initial installation of Brother Web Connect requires a computer that has access to the Internet and has the
Brother machine's software installed.
For Windows®:
To install the Brother Software and configure the machine to be able to print over your wired or wireless network,
see the Quick Setup Guide included with your Brother machine.
For Macintosh:
To install the Brother Software, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
Related Information
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
217
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's Control Panel
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Your Brother Machine's
Control Panel
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured on the machine:
Proxy server address
Port number
User Name
Password
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Network] > [Web Connect Settings] > [Proxy
Settings] > [Proxy Connection] > [On].
2. Press the proxy server information, and then enter the option that you want to set.
3. Press .
Related Information
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
218
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Conditions for Using Brother Web
Connect > Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Configure the Proxy Server Settings Using Web Based Management
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If your network uses a proxy server, the following proxy server information must be configured using Web
Based Management:
Proxy server address
Port number
User Name
Password
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11 for Windows® and Safari 9 for Macintosh. Make sure that
JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. Make sure the Proxy check box is selected, and then click Submit.
7. In the Proxy field, click Advanced Settings.
8. Enter the proxy server information.
9. Click Submit.
Related Information
Conditions for Using Brother Web Connect
219
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
220
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Brother Web
Connect Setup Overview
Brother Web Connect Setup Overview
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Configure the Brother Web Connect settings using the following procedure:
Step 1: Create an account with the service you want to use.
Access the service's website using a computer and create an account. (If you already have an account, there
is no need to create an additional account.)
1. User registration
2. Web Service
3. Obtain account
Step 2: Apply for Brother Web Connect access.
Start Brother Web Connect access using a computer and obtain a temporary ID.
1. Enter account information
2. Brother Web Connect application page
3. Obtain temporary ID
Step 3: Register your account information on your machine so you can access the service you want to
use.
Enter the temporary ID to enable the service on your machine. Specify the account name as you would like it
to be displayed on the machine, and enter a PIN if you would like to use one.
1. Enter temporary ID
2. Web Service
Your Brother machine can now use the service.
221
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
222
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Create an Account
for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web Connect
Create an Account for Each Online Service Before Using Brother Web
Connect
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
To use Brother Web Connect to access an online service, you must have an account with that online service. If
you do not already have an account, use a computer to access the service's website and create an account.
After creating an account, log on and use the account once with a computer before using the Brother Web
Connect feature. Otherwise, you may not be able to access the service using Brother Web Connect.
If you already have an account, there is no need to create an additional account.
After you finish creating an account with the online service you want to use, apply for Brother Web Connect
access.
You do not need to create an account if you use the service as a guest. You can use only certain services
as a guest. If the service you want to use does not have a guest-user option, you must create an account.
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
223
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Apply for Brother
Web Connect Access
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
To use Brother Web Connect to access online services, you must first apply for Brother Web Connect access
using a computer that has the Brother Software installed.
1. Access the Brother Web Connect application website:
Option Description
Windows® 7 Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities, and then click the drop-
down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left
navigation bar, and then click Brother Web Connect.
Windows® 8
Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Windows® 8.1 Move your mouse to the lower left corner of the Start screen and click (if you are
using a touch-based device, swipe up from the bottom of the Start screen to bring up the
Apps screen).
Click (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your model
name (if not already selected). Click Do More in the left navigation bar, and then click
Brother Web Connect.
Macintosh Click Go in the Finder bar, Applications > Brother > Utilities > Brother Web Connect.
You can also access the website directly:
Type bwc.brother.com into your web browser's address bar.
The Brother Web Connect page launches.
The first time you launch Brother Web Connect, you must select your country, language, and model name,
and then click Next to move to the next step, selecting the service you want.
224
2. Select the service you want to use.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
3. Follow the on-screen instructions and apply for access.
When finished, your temporary ID will appear.
225
4. Make a note of your temporary ID, as you will need it to register accounts to the machine. The temporary ID
is valid for 24 hours.
5. Close the web browser.
Now that you have a Brother Web Connect access ID, you must register this ID on your machine, and then use
your machine to access the web service you want to use.
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
226
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Set Up Brother Web Connect > Register an
Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Register an Account on Your Brother Machine for Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
You must enter your Brother Web Connect account information and configure your machine so that it can use
Brother Web Connect to access the service you want.
You must apply for Brother Web Connect access to register an account on your machine.
Before you register an account, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Press [Functions] > [Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. If the information regarding licence agreement appears, make your selection and follow the on-screen
instructions.
3. Press a or b to display the service with which you want to register.
4. Press the service name.
5. If information regarding Brother Web Connect appears, press [OK].
6. Press [Register/Delete].
7. Press [Register Account].
The machine will prompt you to enter the temporary ID you received when you applied for Brother Web
Connect access.
8. Press [OK].
9. Enter the temporary ID using the LCD.
10. Press [OK].
The machine will prompt you to enter the account name that you want to be displayed on the LCD.
11. Press [OK].
12. Enter the name using the LCD.
13. Press [OK].
14. Do one of the following:
To set a PIN for the account, press [Yes]. (A PIN prevents unauthorised access to the account.) Enter a
four-digit number, and then press [OK].
If you do not want to set a PIN, press [No].
15. When the account information you entered appears, confirm that it is correct.
16. Press [Yes] to register your information as entered.
An error message will appear on the LCD if the information you entered does not match the temporary ID
you received when you applied for access, or if the temporary ID has expired. Enter the temporary ID
correctly, or apply for access again to receive a new temporary ID.
17. Press [OK].
18. Press .
Registration is complete and your machine can now access the service.
227
Related Information
Set Up Brother Web Connect
Apply for Brother Web Connect Access
228
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Documents that have been uploaded to your account can be downloaded directly to your machine and printed.
Documents that other users have uploaded to their own accounts for sharing can also be downloaded to your
machine and printed, as long as you have viewing privileges for those documents. Certain services allow guest
users to view documents that are public. When accessing a service or an account as a guest user, you can view
documents that the owner has made public, that is, documents with no viewing restrictions.
To download other users’ documents, you must have access privileges to view the corresponding albums or
documents.
If you are a restricted user for Web Connect due to the Secure Function Lock feature (available for certain
models), you cannot download the data.
The Secure Function Lock Page Limit feature applies to the print job using Web Connect.
For Hong Kong, Taiwan and Korea
Brother Web Connect supports only file names written in English. Files named in the local language will not
be downloaded.
Related Information
Brother Web Connect
Download and Print Using Web Services
229
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother Web Connect > Download and Print Documents Using Brother
Web Connect > Download and Print Using Web Services
Download and Print Using Web Services
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Functions] > [Web].
If information regarding the Internet connection appears on the machine’s LCD, read the information
and press [OK]. If you want to display this information again, press [Yes].
Occasionally, updates or announcements about Brother Web Connect's features will appear on the
LCD. Read the information, and then press [OK].
2. Press a or b to display the service that hosts the document you want to download and print. Press the service
name.
3. To log on to the service, press a or b to display your account name, and then press it. If the PIN entry screen
appears, enter the four-digit PIN and press [OK].
4. Press a or b to display the folder you want, and then press it. Some services do not require documents to be
saved in folders. For documents not saved in folders, select [See Unsorted Files] to select documents.
Other users’ documents cannot be downloaded if they are not saved in a folder.
5. Press the thumbnail of the document you want to print. Confirm the document on the LCD and then press
[OK]. Select additional documents to print (you can select up to 10 documents).
6. When finished, press [OK].
7. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete this operation.
Related Information
Download and Print Documents Using Brother Web Connect
230
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print Overview
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Print from Google Chrome or Chrome OS
Print from Google Drive for Mobile
Print from Gmail Webmail Service for Mobile
231
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print Overview
Google Cloud Print is a Google service that allows you to print to a printer registered to your Google account
using a network-compatible device (such as a mobile phone or computer) without installing the printer driver on
the device.
Printing from Android applications requires installing the Google Cloud Print application from the Google
Play Store app.
3
1
4
2
1. Print request
2. Internet
3. Google Cloud Print
4. Printing
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
232
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
233
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Network Settings
for Using Google Cloud Print
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
In order to use Google Cloud Print, your Brother machine must be connected to a network that has access to
the Internet, either through a wired or wireless connection. To connect and configure your machine correctly, see
the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this guide.
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Google Cloud Print Problems
234
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Google Chrome
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
The steps in this section are examples for Windows users.
Screens on your computer may vary depending on your operating system and environment.
1. Open Google Chrome on your computer.
2. Sign in to your Google Account.
3. Click the Google Chrome menu icon, and then Settings > Show advanced settings….
4. In the Google Cloud Print section, click Manage.
5. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
6. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the OK button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
7. When your Brother machine is successfully registered, it will appear in the My devices field.
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
235
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Before Using Google Cloud Print > Register Your
Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based Management
Register Your Machine with Google Cloud Print Using Web Based
Management
Make sure you have already created a Google Account. If you do not have an account, use a computer or
mobile device to access the Google website (https://accounts.google.com/signup) and create an account.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle before starting the registration process.
Before you begin to register your machine, confirm that the correct date and time are set on the machine.
1. Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer or mobile device.
2. Start your web browser.
3. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
4. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
5. Click the Network tab.
6. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
7. Make sure that Google Cloud Print is selected, and then click Advanced Settings.
8. Make sure that Status is set to Enabled. Click Register.
9. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your machine.
10. When a confirmation message appears on your machine, press the OK button.
If the confirmation message does not appear on your machine's LCD, repeat these steps.
11. Click Google.
12. The sign-in screen for Google Cloud Print appears. Sign in with your Google Account and follow the on-
screen instructions to register your machine.
13. When you have finished registering your machine, return to the Web Based Management screen and make
sure that Registration Status is set to Registered.
If your machine supports the Secure Function Lock feature, printing via Google Cloud Print is possible
even if PC print for each user is restricted. To restrict printing via Google Cloud Print, disable Google
Cloud Print using Web Based Management or set the Secure Function Lock feature to Public Mode, and
then restrict print for public users. See Related Information.
Related Information
Before Using Google Cloud Print
Configure Public Mode for Secure Function Lock 3.0
236
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Chrome or Chrome OS
Print from Google Chrome or Chrome OS
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Open the web page that you want to print.
3. Click the Google Chrome menu icon.
4. Click Print.
5. Select your machine from the printer list.
6. Change print options, if needed.
7. Click Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
237
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Google Drive for Mobile
Print from Google Drive for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access Google Drive from your Android or Apple device’s web browser.
3. Open the document that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap or Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
238
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Google Cloud Print > Print from Gmail Webmail Service for Mobile
Print from Gmail Webmail Service for Mobile
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Access the Gmail webmail service from your Android or Apple device’s web browser.
3. Open the email that you want to print.
4. Tap the menu icon.
If Print appears beside the attachment name, you can also print the attachment. Tap Print, and then follow
the instructions on your mobile device.
5. Tap Print.
6. Select your machine from the printer list.
7. Change print options, if needed.
8. Tap or Print.
Related Information
Google Cloud Print
239
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint
AirPrint
AirPrint Overview
Before Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
240
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > AirPrint Overview
AirPrint Overview
Use Brother AirPrint to wirelessly print photos, emails, web pages, and documents from your iPad, iPhone and
iPod touch without installing a printer driver on the device.
1
2
1. Print request
2. Printed photos, emails, web pages, and documents
Related Information
AirPrint
AirPrint Problems
241
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint
Before Using AirPrint
Network Settings for Using AirPrint
Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web Based Management (Web Browser)
242
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Network Settings for Using AirPrint
Network Settings for Using AirPrint
In order to use AirPrint, your mobile device must connect to the wireless network to which your Brother machine
is connected. AirPrint supports wireless connections that use infrastructure mode or Wi-Fi Direct®.
To configure your mobile device for a wireless network, refer to your mobile device’s user’s guide. A link to your
mobile device’s user’s guide on Apple’s website can be found by tapping in Safari.
To configure your Brother machine for a wireless network, see the Quick Setup Guide or related topics in this
guide. If your Brother machine supports a wired network, you can use a network cable to connect to the wireless
access point/router.
If your Brother machine supports Wi-Fi Direct® and you want to configure your Brother machine for a Wi-Fi
Direct® network, see related topics in this Online Guide.
Related Information
Before Using AirPrint
AirPrint Problems
243
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Before Using AirPrint > Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web
Based Management (Web Browser)
Disable and Enable AirPrint Using Web Based Management (Web
Browser)
Confirm that your Brother machine is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Network tab.
5. Click the Protocol menu in the left navigation bar.
6. To disable AirPrint, clear the AirPrint check box. To enable AirPrint, select the AirPrint check box.
By default, AirPrint is enabled.
7. Click Submit.
8. Restart your machine to activate the configuration.
Related Information
Before Using AirPrint
244
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint
Print Using AirPrint
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Before Printing Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
245
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
Print from iPad, iPhone, or iPod Touch
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. Use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Tap or .
4. Tap Print.
5. Make sure your Brother machine is selected.
6. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, tap Printer.
A list of available machines appears.
7. Tap your machine's name in the list.
8. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
9. Tap Print.
Related Information
Print Using AirPrint
246
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Before Printing Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before Printing Using AirPrint (macOS)
Before printing using macOS, add your Brother machine to the printer list on your Macintosh computer.
1. Select System Preferences from the Apple Menu.
2. Click Print & Scan or Printers & Scanners.
3. Click the + icon below the Printers pane on the left.
4. Click Add Printer or Scanner…. The Add screen appears.
5. Select your Brother machine, and then select AirPrint from the Use pop-up menu.
6. Click Add.
Related Information
Print Using AirPrint
247
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint > Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
Print Using AirPrint (macOS)
The procedure used to print may vary by application. Safari is used in the example below. Before printing,
make sure your Brother machine is in the printer list on your Macintosh computer.
1. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
2. On your Macintosh computer, use Safari to open the page that you want to print.
3. Click the File menu, and then select Print.
4. Make sure your Brother machine is selected. If a different machine (or no printer) is selected, click the Printer
pop-up menu, and then select your Brother machine.
5. Select the desired options, such as the number of pages to print and 2-sided printing (if supported by your
machine).
6. Click Print.
Related Information
Print Using AirPrint
248
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile Printing for Windows®
Mobile printing for Windows® is a function to print wirelessly from your Windows® mobile device. You can
connect to the same network that your Brother machine is connected to and print without installing the printer
driver on the device. Many Windows® apps support this function.
1
2
3
1. Windows® mobile device (Windows® 10 Mobile or later)
2. Wi-Fi® connection
3. Your Brother machine
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
249
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service
Mopria® Print Service is a print feature on Android mobile devices (Android version 4.4 or later) developed by
the Mopria® Alliance. With this service, you can connect to the same network as your machine and print without
additional setup. Many native Android apps support printing.
1
2
3
1. Android 4.4 or later
2. Wi-Fi® Connection
3. Your Brother machine
You must download the Mopria® Print Service from the Google Play Store and install it on your Android
device. Before using this service, you must turn it on.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
250
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Brother iPrint&Scan
Brother iPrint&Scan
Use Brother iPrint&Scan to print from various mobile devices.
For Android Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Android device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Google Play Store app.
For Apple Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Apple device.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the App Store.
For Windows® Devices
Brother iPrint&Scan allows you to use features of your Brother machine directly from your Windows® device,
without using a computer.
Download and install Brother iPrint&Scan from the Microsoft® Store.
For more information, see the Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan. Go to your model's Manuals
page on the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
251
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Near-Field Communication (NFC) allows for simple transactions, data exchange, and wireless connections
between two devices that are in close range of each other.
If your Android device is NFC-enabled, you can print data (photos, PDF files, text files, web pages and email
messages) from the device by touching it to the NFC symbol on the machine's control panel.
You must download and install Brother iPrint&Scan on your Android device to use this feature. For more
information, see the Mobile Print/Scan Guide for Brother iPrint&Scan. Go to your model's Manuals page on the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Related Information
Mobile/Web Connect
Register an External IC Card Reader
252
Home > Mobile/Web Connect > Near-Field Communication (NFC) > Register an External IC Card Reader
Register an External IC Card Reader
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
When you connect an external IC card reader, use Web Based Management to register the card reader. Your
machine supports HID class driver supported external IC card readers.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click the Administrator tab.
5. Click the External Card Reader menu, and then enter the necessary information.
6. Click Submit.
7. Restart your Brother machine to activate the configuration.
Related Information
Near-Field Communication (NFC)
253
Home > Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Use this section to resolve typical problems you may encounter when using your Brother machine. You can
correct most problems yourself.
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
If you need additional help, go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
First, check the following:
The machine's power cord is connected correctly and the machine's power is on. See the Quick Setup Guide.
All of the protective materials have been removed. See the Quick Setup Guide.
Paper is loaded correctly in the paper tray.
The interface cables are securely connected to the machine and the computer, or the wireless connection is
set up on both the machine and your computer.
Error and maintenance messages
If you did not solve the problem with the checks, identify the problem and then see Related Information.
Related Information
Error and Maintenance Messages
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Paper Jams
Printing Problems
Improve the Print Quality
Network Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
AirPrint Problems
Other Problems
Check the Machine Information
Reset Functions
254
Home > Troubleshooting > Error and Maintenance Messages
Error and Maintenance Messages
(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
If the LCD displays errors and your Android device supports the NFC feature, touch your device to the
NFC symbol on your Brother machine to access the Brother Solutions Center and browse the latest FAQs
from your device. (Your mobile telephone provider's message and data rates may apply.)
Make sure the NFC settings of both your Brother machine and your Android device are set to On.
As with any sophisticated office product, errors may occur and supply items may have to be replaced. If this
happens, your machine identifies the error or required routine maintenance and shows the appropriate message.
The most common error and maintenance messages are shown in the table.
Follow the instructions in the Action column to solve the error and remove the message.
You can correct most errors and perform routine maintenance by yourself. If you need more tips: Visit
support.brother.com, and click the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
HL-L8260CDW
Error Message Cause Action
2-sided Disabled The back cover of the machine is
not closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine until it
locks in the closed position.
Access Denied The function you want to use is
restricted by Secure Function
Lock 3.0.
Call your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
Belt End Soon The belt unit is near the end of its
life.
Order a new belt unit before the LCD displays
Replace Belt.
Calibrate Calibration failed. Press Go to retry the colour calibration.
If the error continues, press and hold down
to turn the machine off.
Wait a few seconds, and then turn on the
machine again.
Perform the colour calibration again using
the control panel or the printer driver.
Install a new belt unit.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Cartridge Error The toner cartridge is not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit, remove the toner
cartridge for the colour that is indicated on the
LCD, and place it back in the drum unit. Install
the drum unit in the machine again.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Condensation Condensation may have formed
inside the machine after a room
temperature change.
Leave the machine turned on. Wait for 30
minutes with the front cover in the open
position. Then turn off the machine and close
the cover. Turn it on again.
Cooling Down The temperature of the inside of
the machine is too hot. The
machine pauses its current print
job and goes into cooling down
mode.
Wait until the machine has finished cooling
down. Make sure all vents on the machine are
clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down, the
machine will resume printing.
255
Error Message Cause Action
Cover is Open The front cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the front cover of
the machine.
Cover is Open The fuser cover is not completely
closed.
Close the fuser cover located inside the back
cover of the machine.
Drum ! The corona wires on the drum unit
must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wires on the drum unit.
See Related Information: Clean the Corona
Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the drum unit
with a new one.
The drum unit or the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly
is not installed correctly.
Remove the drum unit, remove the toner
cartridges from the drum unit, and put the
toner cartridges back into the drum unit.
Reinstall the drum unit in the machine.
Drum End Soon The drum unit is near the end of
its life.
Order a new drum unit before the LCD
displays Replace Drum.
Drum Stop It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit.
Jam 2-sided The paper is jammed underneath
the paper tray or the fuser unit.
Remove the paper tray or open the back cover
to pull out all jammed paper.
Jam Inside The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the front cover, remove the toner
cartridges and drum unit assembly, and pull
out all jammed paper. Close the front cover.
Jam MP Tray The paper is jammed in the MP
tray.
Remove all jammed paper from in and around
the MP tray. Press Go.
Jam Rear The paper is jammed in the back
of the machine.
Open the fuser cover and remove all jammed
paper. Close the fuser cover.
Jam Tray 1
Jam Tray 2
Jam Tray 3
Jam Tray 4
The paper is jammed in the
indicated paper tray.
Pull out the paper tray indicated on the LCD
and remove all jammed paper.
Limit Exceeded The print limit set in Secure
Function Lock 3.0 was reached.
Call your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
Media Mismatch The media type specified in the
printer driver differs from the
paper type specified in the
machine's menu.
Load the correct type of paper in the tray
indicated on the LCD, and then select the
correct media type in the Paper Type setting
on the machine.
No Belt Unit The belt unit is not installed or not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the belt unit.
No Drum Unit The drum unit is not installed
correctly.
Reinstall the toner cartridges and drum unit
assembly.
No HUB Support A USB hub device is connected to
the USB host connector.
Disconnect the USB hub device from the USB
host connector.
256
Error Message Cause Action
No Paper The machine is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in the
paper tray.
Refill paper in the paper tray. Make sure
the paper guides are set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Paper Fed T2
No Paper Fed T3
No Paper Fed T4
The machine failed to feed paper
from the indicated paper tray.
Pull out the paper tray indicated on the LCD
and remove all jammed paper.
No Paper MP The MP tray is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in the
MP tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill paper in the MP tray. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
No Paper T1
No Paper T2
No Paper T3
No Paper T4
The machine failed to feed paper
from the indicated paper tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill paper in the paper tray indicated on
the LCD. Make sure the paper guides are
set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Toner The toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD is not
installed or not installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD from the drum unit, and
put the toner cartridge back into the drum unit.
If the problem continues, replace the toner
cartridge.
No Tray T1
No Tray T2
No Tray T3
No Tray T4
The paper tray is not installed or
not installed correctly.
Reinstall the paper tray indicated on the LCD.
No Waste Toner The waste toner box is not
installed or not installed correctly.
Reinstall the waste toner box.
Out of Memory The machine’s memory is full. Press Cancel and reduce the print resolution.
Print Data Full The machine’s memory is full. Press Cancel and delete the previously stored
secure print data.
Print Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem. Press and hold to turn the machine off,
wait a few minutes, and then turn it on
again.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service.
257
Error Message Cause Action
Registration Registration failed. Press Go to retry the colour registration.
If the error continues, press and hold down
to turn the machine off.
Wait a few seconds, and then turn on the
machine again.
Perform the colour registration using the
control panel.
Install a new belt unit.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Replace Belt It is time to replace the belt unit. Replace the belt unit with a new one.
Replace Drum It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum
Unit.
The drum unit counter was not
reset when a new drum was
installed.
Reset the drum unit counter.
See the instructions included with the new
drum unit.
Replace Toner The toner cartridge is at the end of
its life. The machine stops all print
operations.
Replace the toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD.
Replace WT Box It is time to replace the waste
toner box.
Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
Self-Diagnostic The temperature of the fuser unit
does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified
time.
Press and hold to turn the machine off,
wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again.
Leave the machine idle for 15 minutes with the
power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Short paper The length of the paper in the tray
is too short for the machine to
deliver it to the Face down output
tray.
Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to
let the printed page exit onto the Face up
output tray. Remove the printed pages, and
then press Go.
Size Error The paper size defined in the
printer driver is not supported by
the defined tray.
Choose a paper size supported by the defined
tray.
Size Error DX The paper size specified in the
machine's paper size setting is not
available for automatic 2-sided
printing.
Press Cancel (if required).
Load the correct size of paper in the tray and
set the tray for that paper size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2-sided
printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2-sided
printing is A4.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available
for automatic 2-sided printing.
Size Mismatch The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the tray
indicated on the LCD and set the size of paper
for the tray. Press Go.
Toner Error One or more toner cartridges are
not installed or not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit. Remove all the toner
cartridges, and then put them back into the
drum unit.
258
Error Message Cause Action
Toner Low: X
(X indicates the toner cartridge
or drum unit colour that is near
the end of its life. BK=Black,
C=Cyan, M=Magenta,
Y=Yellow.)
If the LCD displays this message,
you can still print. The toner
cartridge is near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge before the LCD
displays Replace Toner.
Too Many Trays The number of installed Optional
Trays exceeds the maximum
number.
Reduce the number of Optional Trays.
Tray 2 Error
Tray 3 Error
Tray 4 Error
The optional lower tray is not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the lower tray.
Unusable Device An unsupported USB device has
been connected to the USB host
connector.
Unplug the device from the USB host
connector.
Unusable Device
Remove the Device. Turn
the power off and back
on again.
A defective USB device or a high
power consumption USB device
has been connected to the USB
direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface.
Press and hold to turn the machine off,
and then turn it on again.
WT Box End Soon The waste toner box is almost full. Order a new waste toner box before the LCD
displays Replace WT Box.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Error Message Cause Action
2-sided Disabled The back cover of the machine is
not closed completely.
Close the back cover of the machine until it
locks in the closed position.
Access Denied The function you want to use is
restricted by Secure Function
Lock 3.0.
Call your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
Calibration Calibration failed. Press and hold down to turn the
machine off. Wait a few seconds, and then
turn it on again. Perform the colour
calibration again using the LCD.
Install a new belt unit.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Cartridge Error The toner cartridge is not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit, remove the toner
cartridge for the colour that is indicated on the
LCD, and place it back in the drum unit. Install
the drum unit in the machine again.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother dealer.
Condensation Condensation may have formed
inside the machine after a room
temperature change.
Leave the machine turned on. Wait for 30
minutes with the front cover in the open
position. Then turn off the machine and close
the cover. Turn it on again.
Cooling Down The temperature of the inside of
the machine is too hot. The
machine pauses its current print
job and goes into cooling down
mode.
Wait until the machine has finished cooling
down. Make sure all vents on the machine are
clear of obstructions.
When the machine has cooled down, the
machine will resume printing.
259
Error Message Cause Action
Cover is Open The front cover is not completely
closed.
Open and then firmly close the front cover of
the machine.
Cover is Open The fuser cover is not completely
closed.
Close the fuser cover located inside the back
cover of the machine.
Drum ! The corona wires on the drum unit
must be cleaned.
Clean the corona wires on the drum unit.
See Related Information: Clean the Corona
Wires.
If the problem continues, replace the drum unit
with a new one.
The drum unit or the toner
cartridge and drum unit assembly
is not installed correctly.
Remove the drum unit, remove the toner
cartridges from the drum unit, and put the
toner cartridges back into the drum unit.
Reinstall the drum unit in the machine.
Drum Stop It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit.
Jam 2-sided The paper is jammed underneath
the paper tray or the fuser unit.
Remove the paper tray or open the back cover
to pull out all jammed paper.
Jam Inside The paper is jammed inside the
machine.
Open the front cover, remove the toner
cartridges and drum unit assembly, and pull
out all jammed paper. Close the front cover.
Jam MP Tray The paper is jammed in the MP
tray.
Remove all jammed paper from in and around
the MP tray. Press Retry.
Jam Rear The paper is jammed in the back
of the machine.
Open the fuser cover and remove all jammed
paper. Close the fuser cover. If the error
message remains, press Start
Jam Tray
Jam Tray1
Jam Tray2
Jam Tray3
Jam Tray4
The paper is jammed in the
indicated paper tray.
Pull out the paper tray and remove all jammed
paper as shown in the animation on the LCD.
Limit Exceeded The print limit set in Secure
Function Lock 3.0 was reached.
Call your administrator to check your Secure
Function Lock Settings.
Media Type Mismatch The media type specified in the
printer driver differs from the
paper type specified in the
machine's menu.
Load the correct type of paper in the tray
indicated on the LCD, and then select the
correct media type in the Paper Type setting
on the machine.
No Belt Unit The belt unit is not installed or not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the belt unit.
No Drum Unit The drum unit is not installed
correctly.
Reinstall the toner cartridges and drum unit
assembly.
No HUB Support A USB hub device is connected to
the USB host connector.
Disconnect the USB hub device from the USB
host connector.
260
Error Message Cause Action
No Paper The machine is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in the
paper tray.
Refill paper in the paper tray. Make sure
the paper guides are set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Paper Fed Tray1
No Paper Fed Tray2
No Paper Fed Tray3
No Paper Fed Tray4
The machine failed to feed paper
from the indicated paper tray.
Pull out the paper tray indicated on the LCD
and remove all jammed paper.
No Paper MP The MP tray is out of paper, or
paper is not loaded correctly in the
MP tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill paper in the MP tray. Make sure the
paper guides are set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
No Paper Tray1
No Paper Tray2
No Paper Tray3
No Paper Tray4
The machine failed to feed paper
from the indicated paper tray.
Do one of the following:
Refill paper in the paper tray indicated on
the LCD. Make sure the paper guides are
set to the correct size.
If paper is in the tray, remove it and load it
again. Make sure the paper guides are set
to the correct size.
Do not overfill the paper tray.
No Toner The toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD is not
installed or not installed correctly.
Remove the toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD from the drum unit, and
put the toner cartridge back into the drum unit.
If the problem continues, replace the toner
cartridge.
No Tray1
No Tray2
No Tray3
No Tray4
The paper tray is not installed or
not installed correctly.
Reinstall the paper tray indicated on the LCD.
No Waste Toner The waste toner box is not
installed or not installed correctly.
Reinstall the waste toner box.
Out of Memory The machine’s memory is full. Press and reduce the print resolution.
Paper Low
Paper Low Tray 1
Paper Low Tray 2
Paper Low Tray 3
Paper Low Tray 4
The paper tray is nearly empty. Refill the paper in the paper tray indicated on
the LCD.
Print Data Full The machine’s memory is full. Press and delete the previously stored
secure print data.
Print Unable ## The machine has a mechanical
problem. Press and hold to turn the machine off,
wait a few minutes, and then turn it on
again.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service.
261
Error Message Cause Action
Registration Registration failed. Press and hold down to turn the
machine off. Wait a few seconds, and then
turn it on again. Perform the colour
registration again using the LCD.
Install a new belt unit.
If the problem continues, contact Brother
customer service or your local Brother
dealer.
Replace Toner The toner cartridge is at the end of
its life. The machine stops all print
operations.
Replace the toner cartridge for the colour
indicated on the LCD.
Replace WT Box It is time to replace the waste
toner box.
Replace the waste toner box with a new one.
Screen Init. Fail The Touchscreen was pressed
before the power on initialisation
was completed.
Make sure nothing is touching the
Touchscreen.
Debris may be stuck between the
lower part of the Touchscreen and
its frame.
Insert a piece of stiff paper between the lower
part of the Touchscreen and its frame and
slide it back and forth to push out any debris.
Self-Diagnostic The temperature of the fuser unit
does not rise to a specified
temperature within the specified
time.
Press and hold to turn the machine off,
wait a few seconds, and then turn it on again.
Leave the machine idle for 15 minutes with the
power on.
The fuser unit is too hot.
Short paper The length of the paper in the tray
is too short for the machine to
deliver it to the Face down output
tray.
Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to
let the printed page exit onto the Face up
output tray. Remove the printed pages, and
then press Retry
Size Error The paper size defined in the
printer driver is not supported by
the defined tray.
Choose a paper size supported by the defined
tray.
Size Error 2-sided The paper size specified in the
machine's paper size setting is not
available for automatic 2-sided
printing.
Press (if required).
Load the correct size of paper in the tray and
set the tray for that paper size.
Choose a paper size supported by 2-sided
printing.
Paper size available for automatic 2-sided
printing is A4.
The paper in the tray is not the
correct size and is not available
for automatic 2-sided printing.
Size Mismatch The paper in the tray is not the
correct size.
Load the correct size of paper in the tray
indicated on the LCD and set the size of paper
for the tray. Press Retry.
Supplies
Belt End Soon
The belt unit is near the end of its
life.
Order a new belt unit before the LCD displays
Replace Belt.
Supplies
Drum End Soon
The drum unit is near the end of
its life.
Order a new drum unit before the LCD
displays Replace Drum.
Supplies
Replace Belt
It is time to replace the belt unit. Replace the belt unit with a new one.
262
Error Message Cause Action
Supplies
Replace Drum
It is time to replace the drum unit. Replace the drum unit with a new one.
See Related Information: Replace the Drum
Unit.
The drum unit counter was not
reset when a new drum was
installed.
Reset the drum unit counter.
See the instructions included with the new
drum unit.
Supplies
Toner Low: X
(X indicates the toner cartridge
or drum unit colour that is near
the end of its life. BK=Black,
C=Cyan, M=Magenta,
Y=Yellow.)
If the LCD displays this message,
you can still print. The toner
cartridge is near the end of its life.
Order a new toner cartridge before the LCD
displays Replace Toner.
Supplies
WT Box End Soon
The waste toner box is almost full. Order a new waste toner box before the LCD
displays Replace WT Box.
Toner Error One or more toner cartridges are
not installed or not installed
correctly.
Pull out the drum unit. Remove all the toner
cartridges, and then put them back into the
drum unit.
Too Many Trays The number of installed Optional
Trays exceeds the maximum
number.
Reduce the number of Optional Trays.
Tray 2 Error
Tray 3 Error
Tray 4 Error
The optional lower tray is not
installed correctly.
Reinstall the lower tray.
Unusable Device An unsupported USB device has
been connected to the USB host
connector.
Unplug the device from the USB host
connector.
Unusable Device
Remove the Device. Turn
the power off and back
on again.
A defective USB device or a high
power consumption USB device
has been connected to the USB
direct interface.
Unplug the device from the USB direct
interface.
Press and hold to turn the machine off,
and then turn it on again.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Replace Supplies
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
Replace the Drum Unit
Clean the Corona Wires
263
Home > Troubleshooting > Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Error Messages When Using the Brother Web Connect Feature
Your Brother machine displays an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the table.
You can correct most errors yourself. If, after reading this table, you still need help, the Brother Solutions Center
offers the latest troubleshooting tips.
Go to the Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com.
Connection Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Connection Error 02
Network connection failed.
Verify that the network
connection is good.
The machine is not connected to a
network.
Verify that the network connection
is good.
If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 03
Connection failed to server.
Check network settings.
Network or server settings are
incorrect.
There is a problem with the
network or server.
Confirm that network settings are
correct, or wait and try again later.
If the Web button was pressed
soon after the machine was turned
on, the network connection may
not have been established yet.
Wait and try again.
Connection Error 07
Connection failed to server.
Wrong Date&Time.
Date and time settings are incorrect. Set the date and time correctly. Note
that if the machine's power cord is
disconnected, the date and time
settings may have reset to factory
settings.
Authentication Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Authentication Error 01
Incorrect PIN code. Enter
PIN correctly.
The PIN you entered to access the
account is incorrect. The PIN is the
four-digit number that was entered
when registering the account to the
machine.
Enter the correct PIN.
Authentication Error 02
Incorrect or expired ID, or
this temporary ID is already
used. Enter correctly or
reissue temporary ID.
Temporary ID is valid for 24
hours after it is issued.
The temporary ID that was entered is
incorrect .
Enter the correct temporary ID.
The temporary ID that was entered
has expired. A temporary ID is valid
for 24 hours.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again and receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Authentication Error 03
Display name has already
been registered. Enter
another display name.
The name you entered as the display
name has already been registered to
another service user.
Enter a different display name.
264
Server Error
Error Messages Cause Action
Server Error 01
Authentication failed. Do
the following: 1. Go to
http://bwc.brother.com to
get a new temporary ID. 2.
Press OK and enter your new
temporary ID in the next
screen.
The machine's authentication
information (needed to access the
service) has expired or is invalid.
Apply for Brother Web Connect
access again to receive a new
temporary ID, and then use the new
ID to register the account to the
machine.
Server Error 03
Failed to upload.
Unsupported file or corrupt
data. Confirm data of file.
The file you are trying to upload may
have one of the following problems:
The file exceeds the service's limit
on number of pixels, file size, etc.
The file type is not supported.
The file is corrupted.
The file cannot be used:
Check the service's size or format
restrictions.
Save the file as a different type.
If possible, get a new, uncorrupted
version of the file.
Server Error 13
Service temporarily
unavailable. Try again
later.
There is a problem with the service
and it cannot be used now.
Wait and try again. If you get the
message again, access the service
from a computer to confirm if it is
unavailable.
Shortcut Error
Error Messages Cause Action
ShortCut Error 02
Account is invalid. Please
register account and
shortcut again after
deleting this shortcut.
The shortcut cannot be used because
the account was deleted after the
shortcut was registered.
Delete the shortcut, and then register
the account and shortcut again.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
265
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams
Paper Jams
Always remove the remaining paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you are adding new
paper. This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the machine at one time and prevents
paper jams.
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
266
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
Paper is Jammed in the MP tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the machine's MP tray, follow
these steps:
1. Remove the paper from the MP tray.
2. Remove any jammed paper from in and around the MP tray.
3. Fan the paper stack, and then put it back in the MP tray.
4. Reload paper in the MP tray and make sure the paper stays under the maximum paper height guides (1) on
both sides of the tray. Place the paper's leading edge (top of paper) between the and b arrows (2).
1
2
5. Follow the instructions on the machine's LCD.
Related Information
Paper Jams
267
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed in the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these
steps:
1. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
2. Slowly pull out the jammed paper.
Pulling the jammed paper downward using both hands allows you to remove the paper more easily.
3. Fan the stack of paper to prevent further jams, and slide the paper guides to fit the paper size.
4. Make sure the paper is below the maximum paper mark (b b b).
5. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
268
Related Information
Paper Jams
269
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
Paper is Jammed in the Back of the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the back (Rear) of the
machine, follow these steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on for 10 minutes for the internal fan to cool the extremely hot parts inside the
machine.
2. Open the back cover.
3. Pull the green levers at the left and right sides toward you to release the fuser cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
If the grey envelope levers inside the back cover are pulled down to the envelope position, lift these levers
to the original position before pulling the green tabs down.
4. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit.
270
5. Close the fuser cover.
If you print on envelopes, pull down the grey envelope levers to the envelope position again before closing
the back cover.
6. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position.
Related Information
Paper Jams
271
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
Paper is Jammed Inside the Machine
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam inside the machine, follow these
steps:
1. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
2. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
3. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
4. Pull out the jammed paper slowly.
272
IMPORTANT
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
5. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
2
1
6. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
2
7. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
273
8. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
9. Close the machine's front cover.
Related Information
Paper Jams
274
Home > Troubleshooting > Paper Jams > Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
Paper is Jammed underneath the Paper Tray
If the machine's control panel or the Status Monitor indicates that there is a jam in the paper tray, follow these
steps:
1. Leave the machine turned on for 10 minutes for the internal fan to cool the extremely hot parts inside the
machine.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. Make sure the jammed paper does not remain inside the machine.
4. If paper is not jammed inside the machine, remove the paper from the paper tray, flip it over, and check
underneath the paper tray.
5. If the paper is not jammed in the paper tray, open the back cover.
WARNING
HOT SURFACE
The machine's internal parts will be extremely hot. Wait for the machine to cool down before touching
them.
275
6. Use both hands to gently pull the jammed paper out of the back of the machine.
7. Close the back cover until it locks in the closed position.
8. Put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
Related Information
Paper Jams
276
Home > Troubleshooting > Printing Problems
Printing Problems
Difficulties Suggestions
No printout Check the machine is not in Power Off mode.
If the machine is in Power Off mode, press on the
control panel, and then send the print data again.
Check that the correct printer driver has been installed
and selected.
Check to see if the Status Monitor or the machine's
control panel displays an error status.
Check that the machine is online:
Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2
Click (Start) >Devices and Printers. Right-click
Brother XXX-XXXX and click See what's printing.
Click Printer in the menu bar. Make sure Use Printer
Offline is not selected.
Windows Server® 2008
Click (Start) >Control Panel > Hardware and
Sound > Printers. Right-click Brother XXX-XXXX.
Make sure Use Printer Online is not listed. If it is
listed, click this option to set the driver Online.
Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Devices
and Printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX.
Click See what's printing. If printer driver options
appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is
not selected.
Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX.
Click See what's printing. If printer driver options
appear, select your printer driver. Click Printer in the
menu bar and make sure that Use Printer Offline is
not selected.
Windows Server® 2012 R2
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX. Click See what’s
printing. If printer driver options appear, select your
printer driver. Click Printer in the menu bar and make
sure Use Printer Offline is not selected.
Macintosh
Click the System Preferences menu, and then select
the Printers & Scanners option. When the machine is
offline, delete it using the button, and then add it
using the button.
277
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine is not printing or has stopped printing. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
The headers or footers appear when the document
displays on the screen but they do not show up when it is
printed.
There is an unprintable area on the top and bottom of the
page. Adjust the top and bottom margins in your
document to allow for this.
The machine prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage. Cancel the print job and clear it from the machine's
memory. The printout may be incomplete. Send the print
data again.
See Related Information:Cancel a Print Job.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Confirm that the Brother printer driver is selected in your
application's Print window.
The machine prints the first couple of pages correctly,
then some pages have missing text.
Check the settings in your application to make sure they
are set up to work with your machine.
Your machine is not receiving all of the data sent from the
computer. Make sure you connected the interface cable
correctly.
The machine does not print on both sides of the paper
even though the printer driver setting is 2-sided and the
machine supports automatic 2-sided printing.
Check the paper size setting in the printer driver. You
must select A4 paper that is 60 to 105 g/m2.
Print speed is too slow. Try changing the printer driver setting. The highest
resolution needs longer data processing, sending and
printing time.
If you have enabled the Quiet Mode, disable the Quiet
Mode on the printer driver or the machine's menu setting.
The machine does not feed paper. If there is paper in the paper tray, make sure it is straight.
If the paper is curled, straighten it. Sometimes it is helpful
to remove the paper, turn the stack over and place it back
in the paper tray.
Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray, and then
try again.
Make sure MP Tray is not selected for Paper Source in
the printer driver.
Clean the paper pick-up rollers.
The machine does not feed paper from the MP tray. Fan the paper well and place it back in the MP tray firmly.
Make sure MP Tray is selected as Paper Source in the
printer driver.
The machine does not feed envelopes. Load envelopes in the MP tray. Your application must be
set to print the envelope size you are using. This is
usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu
of your application.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Macintosh)
Cancel a Print Job
Load and Print Using the Paper Tray
278
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Load and Print Using the Multipurpose Tray (MP Tray)
279
Home > Troubleshooting > Improve the Print Quality
Improve the Print Quality
If you have a print quality problem, print a test page first. If the printout looks good, the problem is probably not
the machine. Check the interface cable connections and try printing a different document. If the printout or test
page printed from the machine has a quality problem, check the examples of poor print quality and follow the
recommendations in the table.
IMPORTANT
Using non-genuine supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability.
1. To get the best print quality, we suggest using recommended print media. Make sure you use paper that
meets our specifications.
2. Check that the drum unit and toner cartridges are installed correctly.
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGH
abcdefghijk
ABCD
abcde
01234
Printed pages are compressed, horizontal stripes appear,
or characters in the top, bottom, left, or right margins are
cut off
Adjust the print margins in your document's application
and reprint the job.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Colours are light or faint on the whole page
Use the machine's LCD to perform calibration.See
Related Information:Calibrate Colour Output.
Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
See Related Information:Reduce Toner Consumption.
Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
Shake all four toner cartridges gently.
Wipe the laser scanner windows with a dry, soft lint-
free cloth.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Vertical white streaks or bands appear on the page
Wipe the laser scanner windows with a dry, soft lint-
free cloth.
Make sure foreign material such as a torn piece of
paper, sticky notes, or dust is not inside the machine
and around the drum unit and toner cartridge.
280
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Vertical coloured streaks or bands appear on the page
Clean all four corona wires (one for each colour)
inside the drum unit by sliding the green tab.
Make sure the green tab of the corona wire is in
the home position(1).
1
Replace the toner cartridge that matches the colour of
the streak or band.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com and
view the FAQs & Troubleshooting page for your
Brother model.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Horizontal coloured lines appear on the page
Identify the colour causing the problem and replace
the toner cartridge that matches the colour of the line.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
White spots
Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high humidity can cause hollow print.
If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages,
the drum may have foreign material, such as glue
from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the
drum unit.
See Related Information:Clean the Drum Unit.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Blank page or some missing colours
Identify the colour causing the problem and install a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
281
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Coloured spots at 94 mm
If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages,
the drum may have foreign material, such as glue
from a label, stuck on the drum surface. Clean the
drum unit.
See Related Information:Clean the Drum Unit.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
Coloured spots at 29 mm
Identify the colour causing the problem and install a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Toner scatter or toner stain
Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
high humidity and high temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.See Related
Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
The colour of your printouts is not what you expected To improve the colour density, calibrate the colours
using the LCD.
To adjust the print position of colours for sharper
edges, perform the colour registration using the LCD.
Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
If the print quality of the black portion is not what you
expected, select the Enhance Black Printing check
box in the printer driver.
Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the
printer driver.
Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
282
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Colour offset
Make sure the machine is on a solid level surface.
Perform the colour registration using the LCD.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
Install a new belt unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Belt Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Uneven colour density across the page
Perform the calibration using the LCD.
Clear the Improve Grey Colour check box in the
printer driver.
Identify the colour causing the problem and put in a
new toner cartridge.
To identify the colour of the toner cartridge, visit the
Brother Solutions Center at support.brother.com to
see the FAQs & Troubleshooting page.
See Related Information:Replace the Toner Cartridge.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
A
B
C
D
E
W X Y Z
Missing thin lines in images
Make sure Toner Save mode is off in the LCD or the
printer driver.
Change the print resolution.
If you use a Windows printer driver, choose Improve
Pattern Printing in Print Setting of the Basic tab.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Wrinkled printout
Check the paper type and quality.
Make sure the back cover is closed correctly.
Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Ghosting images
Check the machine’s environment. Conditions such as
low humidity and low temperatures may cause this
print quality problem.
Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
Install a new drum unit.
See Related Information:Replace the Drum Unit.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ. 0123456789. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
Make sure the two grey levers inside the back cover
are in the up position.
Make sure the media type setting in the printer driver
matches the type of paper you are using.
Choose Improve Toner Fixing mode in the printer
driver.
If this selection does not provide enough
improvement, change the printer driver setting in
283
Examples of poor print quality Recommendation
Toner smears easily Media Type to a thick setting. If you are printing an
envelope, choose Env. Thick in the media type
setting.
Curled or wavy image
Choose Reduce Paper Curl mode in the printer
driver.
If the problem is not solved, choose Plain Paper in
the media type setting.
If you are printing an envelope, chooseEnv. Thin in
the Media Type Setting of the printer driver.
If you do not use the machine often, the paper may
have been in the paper tray too long. Turn over the
stack of paper in the paper tray. Also, fan the paper
stack and then rotate the paper 180° in the paper tray.
Store the paper where it will not be exposed to high
temperatures and high humidity.
Open the back cover (Face up output tray) to let the
printed paper exit onto the Face up output tray.
Envelope creases
Make sure the envelope levers inside the back cover
are pulled down to the envelope position when you
print envelopes.
NOTE
When you have finished printing, open the back
cover and reset the two grey levers back to
their original position (1) by lifting them up until
they stop.
1
If creases occur with the envelope levers in the
envelope position, print with the back cover open and
feed one envelope at a time from the MP tray.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Test Print
Calibrate Colour Output
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Reduce Toner Consumption
284
Replace the Drum Unit
Clean the Drum Unit
Replace the Belt Unit
285
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems
Network Problems
Error Messages
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
I Cannot Complete the Wireless Network Setup Configuration
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
286
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Error Messages
Error Messages
Your Brother machine will display an error message if an error occurs. The most common error messages are
shown in the table.
HL-L8260CDW
Error Messages Cause Action
A device is
already
connected.
Two mobile devices are already
connected to the Wi-Fi Direct
network when the Brother
machine is the Group Owner
(G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother
machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to
configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm
the connection status by printing the Network
Configuration Report.
Authentication
Error, contact
your
administrator.
Your authentication setting for
the Store Print Log to Network
feature is not correct.
Make sure the Username and Password in
Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is
part of a domain, enter the username in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
Make sure the SNTP time server settings are
configured correctly so the time matches the time used
for authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2.
Connection Error Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to
the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Fail The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
Move the mobile device closer to your Brother
machine.
Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to
an obstruction-free area.
If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure
you have entered the correct PIN.
File Access
Error, contact
your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
access the destination folder for
the Store Print Log to Network
feature.
Make sure the stored directory name is correct.
Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled.
Make sure the file is not locked.
Log Access Error In Web Based Management,
you have selected the Cancel
Print option in the Error
Detection Setting of Store
Print Log to Network.
Wait for about 30 seconds until this message disappears
from the LCD.
No Device When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
machine cannot find your mobile
device.
Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the
Wi-Fi Direct mode.
Move the mobile device closer to your Brother
machine.
Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to
an obstruction-free area.
If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, make sure you have entered the correct
password.
If your mobile device has a configuration page for how
to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of
your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Server Timeout,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the server for the
Store Print Log to Network
feature.
Make sure your server address is correct.
Make sure your server is connected to the network.
Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
287
Error Messages Cause Action
Wrong Date&Time,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine does not
obtain the time from the SNTP
time server.
Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time
server are configured correctly in Web Based
Management.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Error Messages Cause Action
A device is
already connected.
Press [OK].
Two mobile devices are
already connected to the Wi-Fi
Direct network when the
Brother machine is the Group
Owner (G/O).
After the current connection between your Brother
machine and another mobile device has shut down, try to
configure the Wi-Fi Direct settings again. You can confirm
the connection status by printing the Network
Configuration Report.
Authentication
error, contact
your
administrator.
Your authentication setting for
the Store Print Log to Network
feature is not correct.
Make sure the Username and Password in
Authentication Setting are correct. If the username is
part of a domain, enter the username in one of the
following styles: user@domain or domain\user.
Make sure the SNTP time server settings are
configured correctly so the time matches the time used
for authentication by Kerberos or NTLMv2.
Check User ID and
Password.
The Kerberos Authentication
error.
Make sure you have entered a correct user name and a
password for the Kerberos server. For more information on
the Kerberos server settings, contact your network
administrator.
The DNS server configuration
is not correct.
Contact your network administrator for the information on
the DNS server settings.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the Kerberos server.
Contact your network administrator for the information on
the Kerberos server settings.
Connection Error Other devices are trying to
connect to the Wi-Fi Direct
network at the same time.
Make sure there are no other devices trying to connect to
the Wi-Fi Direct network, and then try to configure the Wi-
Fi Direct settings again.
Connection Failed The Brother machine and your
mobile device cannot
communicate during the Wi-Fi
Direct network configuration.
Move the mobile device closer to your Brother
machine.
Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to
an obstruction-free area.
If you are using the PIN Method of WPS, make sure
you have entered the correct PIN.
File access error,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
access the destination folder
for the Store Print Log to
Network feature.
Make sure the stored directory name is correct.
Make sure the stored directory is write-enabled.
Make sure the file is not locked.
Log Access Error In Web Based Management,
you have selected the Cancel
Print option in the Error
Detection Setting of Store
Print Log to Network.
Wait for about 60 seconds until this message disappears
from the LCD.
No Device When configuring the Wi-Fi
Direct network, the Brother
machine cannot find your
mobile device.
Make sure your machine and mobile device are in the
Wi-Fi Direct mode.
Move the mobile device closer to your Brother
machine.
Move your Brother machine and the mobile device to
an obstruction-free area.
If you are manually configuring the Wi-Fi Direct
network, make sure you have entered the correct
password.
288
Error Messages Cause Action
If your mobile device has a configuration page for how
to obtain an IP address, make sure the IP address of
your mobile device has been configured via DHCP.
Server timeout,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the server for the
Store Print Log to Network
feature.
Make sure your server address is correct.
Make sure your server is connected to the network.
Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
Server Timeout The Brother machine cannot
connect to the LDAP server.
Make sure your server address is correct.
Make sure your server is connected to the network.
Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
The Brother machine cannot
connect to the Active
Directory® server.
Make sure your server address is correct.
Make sure your server is connected to the network.
Make sure the machine is connected to the network.
Wrong Date&Time,
contact your
administrator.
The Brother machine does not
obtain the time from the SNTP
time server.
Make sure the settings to access the SNTP time server
are configured correctly in Web Based Management.
Internal Error. The Brother machine's LDAP
protocol is disabled.
Confirm your authentication method, and then enable the
necessary protocol setting in the Web Based
Management.
The Brother machine's CIFS
protocol is disabled.
Related Information
Network Problems
289
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool to fix the Brother machine's network settings. It will assign the correct
IP address and Subnet Mask.
Windows® 7/Windows® 8/Windows® 10
You must log on with Administrator rights.
Make sure the Brother machine is turned on and is connected to the same network as your computer.
1. Do one of the following:
Option Description
Windows Server®
2008
Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows® 7 Click (Start) > All Programs > Brother > Brother Utilities.
Click the drop-down list and select your model name (if not already selected). Click
Tools in the left navigation bar, and then click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows® 8/
Windows® 10
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then
click Network Connection Repair Tool.
Windows Server®
2012 / 2012 R2 /
2016
Launch (Brother Utilities), and then click the drop-down list and select your
model name (if not already selected). Click Tools in the left navigation bar, and then
click Network Connection Repair Tool.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Yes.
2. Follow the on-screen instructions.
3. Check the diagnosis by printing the Network Configuration Report.
The Network Connection Repair Tool will start automatically if you select the Enable Connection Repair
Tool option in the Status Monitor. Right-click the Status Monitor screen, and then click Other Settings >
Enable Connection Repair Tool. This is not recommended when your network administrator has set the
IP address to Static, since it will automatically change the IP address.
If the correct IP address and the Subnet Mask are still not assigned even after using the Network Connection
Repair Tool, ask your network administrator for this information.
Related Information
Network Problems
Print the Network Configuration Report
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
290
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Print the Network Configuration Report
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
291
Cause Action Interface
Direct configuration, do the
following:
If you are using your Brother machine as a client, confirm how
many devices are allowed in the current Wi-Fi Direct network,
and then check how many devices are connected.
For Windows®
If your wireless connection has been interrupted, and you have checked and tried all of the above, we
recommend using the Network Connection Repair Tool.
Related Information
Network Problems
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
Use Wi-Fi Direct®
293
Print the WLAN Report
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
295
Home > Troubleshooting > Network Problems > I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working
Correctly
I Want to Check that My Network Devices are Working Correctly
Check Action Interface
Check that your Brother
machine, access point/
router, or network hub is
turned on.
Check the following:
The power cord is connected correctly and the Brother machine is
turned on.
The access point/router or hub is turned on and its link button is
blinking.
All protective packaging has been removed from the machine.
The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed correctly.
The front and back covers are fully closed.
Paper is inserted correctly in the paper tray.
(For wired networks) A network cable is securely connected to the
Brother machine and to the router or hub.
Wired/Wireless
Check the Link Status
in the Network
Configuration Report.
Print the Network Configuration Report and check that Ethernet Link
Status or Wireless Link Status is Link OK.
Wired/Wireless
Check that you can
"ping" the Brother
machine from your
computer.
Ping the Brother machine from your computer using the IP address or
the node name in the Windows® command prompt or Macintosh
Terminal application:
ping <ipaddress> or <nodename>.
Successful: Your Brother machine is working correctly and
connected to the same network as your computer.
Unsuccessful: Your Brother machine is not connected to the same
network as your computer.
(Windows®)
Ask the network administrator and use the Network Connection Repair
Tool to fix the IP address and the subnet mask.
(Macintosh)
Confirm that the IP address and the Subnet Mask are set correctly.
Wired/Wireless
Check that your Brother
machine is connected to
the wireless network.
Print the WLAN Report to check the error code on the printed report. Wireless
If you have checked and tried all of the above but you are still having problems, see the instructions supplied with
your wireless LAN access point/router to find the SSID and the Network Key information and set them correctly.
Related Information
Network Problems
Print the Network Configuration Report
Print the WLAN Report
Wireless LAN Report Error Codes
Use the Network Connection Repair Tool (Windows®)
My Brother Machine Cannot Print over the Network
296
Home > Troubleshooting > Google Cloud Print Problems
Google Cloud Print Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm that Google Cloud Print is enabled.
Confirm that your machine is registered with Google
Cloud Print. If it is not registered, try to register again.
I cannot print. Make sure your machine is turned on.
Confirm your network settings. See Related Information.
Certain files may not be printable, or may not appear
exactly as they are displayed.
I cannot register my Brother machine with Google Cloud
Print.
Make sure your machine is connected to a network with
Internet access.
Verify that the date and time are set correctly on your
machine.
I do not see a confirmation message on my Brother
machine when I try to register with Google Cloud Print,
even after repeating the registration steps.
Make sure your Brother machine is idle while you are
registering with Google Cloud Print.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
Network Settings for Using Google Cloud Print
297
Home > Troubleshooting > AirPrint Problems
AirPrint Problems
Difficulty Suggestions
My Brother machine is not displayed in the printer list. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
Move the mobile device closer to the wireless access
point/router, or to your Brother machine.
I cannot print. Make sure your Brother machine is turned on.
Confirm the network settings. See Related Information.
I am trying to print a multiple-page document from an
Apple device, but ONLY the first page is printing.
Make sure you are running the latest version of iOS.
Refer to the following Apple support article for more
information about AirPrint: support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Related Information
Troubleshooting
AirPrint Overview
Network Settings for Using AirPrint
298
Home > Troubleshooting > Other Problems
Other Problems
Difficulties Suggestions
The machine will not turn on. Adverse conditions on the power connection (such as
lightning or a power surge) may have triggered the
machine’s internal safety mechanisms. Unplug the power
cord. Wait for ten minutes, then plug in the power cord
and press to turn on the machine.
If the problem is not solved and you are using a power
breaker, disconnect it to make sure it is not the problem.
Plug the machine's power cord directly into a different
known working wall electrical socket. If there is still no
power, try a different power cable.
The machine cannot print EPS data that includes binary
with the BR-Script3 printer driver.
(Windows®)
To print EPS data, do the following:
1. For Windows® 7 and Windows Server® 2008 R2:
Click the Start button > Devices and Printers.
For Windows Server® 2008:
Click the (Start) button > Control Panel >
Hardware and Sound > Printers.
For Windows® 8 and Windows Server® 2012:
Move your mouse to the lower right corner of your
desktop. When the menu bar appears, click Settings
> Control Panel. In the Hardware and Sound 1
group, click View devices and printers.
For Windows® 10 and Windows Server® 2016:
Click > Windows System > Control Panel. In
the Hardware and Sound group, click View devices
and printers.
For Windows Server® 2012 R2:
Click Control Panel on the Start screen. In the
Hardware group, click View devices and printers.
2. Right-click the Brother XXX-XXXX BR-Script3 icon,
select Printer properties.
3. From the Device Settings tab, choose TBCP (Tagged
binary communication protocol) in Output Protocol.
(Macintosh)
If your machine is connected to a computer with a USB
interface, you cannot print EPS data that includes binary.
You can print the EPS data at the machine through a
network. For help installing the BR-Script3 printer driver
through the network, go to the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
The Brother software cannot be installed. (Windows®)
If the Security Software warning appears on the computer
screen during the installation, change the Security
Software settings to permit the Brother product setup
program or other program to run.
(Macintosh)
If you are using a firewall function of anti-spyware or
antivirus security software, temporarily disable it and then
install the Brother software.
299
1For Windows Server® 2012: Hardware and Sound
Related Information
Troubleshooting
300
Home > Troubleshooting > Check the Machine Information
Check the Machine Information
Follow these instructions to check your Brother machine's serial number and firmware version.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the [Machine Info.] option, and then press OK.
2. Press a or b to select one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No. Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
Parts Life Check the supplies' life that remains available.
3. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Information].
2. Press one of the following options:
Option Description
Serial No. Check your machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Check your machine's firmware version.
Page Counter Check the number of total pages the machine has printed.
Parts Life Check the percentage of the supplies' life that remains available.
3. Press .
Related Information
Troubleshooting
301
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Functions
Reset Functions
Machine Reset
Network Reset
Factory Reset
302
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Functions > Machine Reset
Machine Reset
Use the Machine Reset function to reset the machine's settings to the factory settings.
The network settings and the security settings will not be reset by the Machine Reset function.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
c. Select [Machine Reset]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select [Reset].
3. Press a to restart the machine.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset] > [Machine Reset].
2. You will be asked to reboot the machine. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the
process.
Option Description
Press Yes for 2 seconds Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
No The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
3. Press .
Related Information
Reset Functions
303
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Functions > Network Reset
Network Reset
Use the Network Reset function to restore the print server's network settings, such as password and IP address,
back to its default factory settings.
Unplug all the interface cables before you perform a Network Reset.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
c. Select [Network Reset]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select [Reset].
3. Press a to restart the machine.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset] > [Network Reset].
2. You will be asked to reboot the machine. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the
process.
Option Description
Press Yes for 2 seconds Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
No The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
3. Press .
Related Information
Reset Functions
304
Home > Troubleshooting > Reset Functions > Factory Reset
Factory Reset
Use the Factory Reset function to restore all settings back to the factory settings.
Unplug all the interface cables before you perform a Factory Reset.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
c. Select [Factory Reset]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select [Reset].
3. Press a to restart the machine.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Reset] > [Factory Reset].
2. You will be asked to reboot the machine. Press the option in the table to reboot the machine or to exit the
process.
Option Description
Press Yes for 2 seconds Reboot the machine. The machine will begin the reset.
No The machine will exit without rebooting.
If you do not reboot your machine, the reset process will not finish and your settings will remain unchanged.
3. Press .
Related Information
Reset Functions
305
Home > Routine Maintenance
Routine Maintenance
Replace Supplies
Clean the Machine
Calibrate Colour Output
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
Check the Remaining Part Life
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
306
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies
Replace Supplies
You must replace supplies when the machine indicates that the life of the supply is over.
Using non-Brother supplies may affect the print quality, hardware performance, and machine reliability. The toner
cartridge and drum unit are two separate supplies. Make sure both are installed as an assembly. The model
name of supplies may vary depending on the country.
NOTE
Be sure to seal up the used supplies tightly in a bag so that toner powder does not spill out of the
cartridge.
Visit www.brother.com/original/index.html for instructions on how to return your used supplies to the
Brother collection program. If you choose not to return your used supply, discard the used supply
according to local regulations, keeping it separate from domestic waste. If you have questions, contact
your local waste disposal office.
We recommend placing used and new supplies on a piece of paper to prevent accidentally spilling or
scattering the material inside.
If you use paper that is not a direct equivalent for the recommended print media, the life of supplies and
machine parts may be reduced.
The projected life for each of the toner cartridges is based on ISO/IEC 19798. Frequency of replacement
will vary depending on the print volume, percentage of coverage, types of media used, and powering
on/off the machine.
Frequency of replacing supplies except toner cartridges will vary depending on the print volume, types of
media used, and powering on/off the machine.
Handle the toner cartridge carefully. If toner scatters on your hands or clothes, immediately wipe or wash
it off with cold water.
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner cartridge
Drum unit
307
Belt unit
Waste toner box
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Replace the Drum Unit
Replace the Belt Unit
Replace the Waste Toner Box
Error and Maintenance Messages
Supplies
308
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Toner Cartridge
Replace the Toner Cartridge
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
3. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
4. Hold the handle of the toner cartridge and gently push it away from you to unlock it. Pull it up and out of the
drum unit. Repeat this for all toner cartridges.
5. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.
1
To avoid poor print quality, be sure to lock the green tab into the home position (1), flush left with the left
side of the drum.
309
6. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
7. Remove the protective cover.
8. Insert the toner cartridge into the drum unit and gently pull it toward you until you hear it lock into place. Make
sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the drum unit. Repeat this for all
toner cartridges.
BK
BK
C
M
Y
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
9. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
10. Close the machine's front cover.
310
After replacing a toner cartridge, DO NOT turn the machine off or open the front cover until the
machine's display returns to Ready Mode.
The toner cartridge that comes with your Brother machine is a Inbox toner cartridge.
We recommend keeping a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning.
To ensure high quality printing, we recommend using only Brother Original toner cartridges. When you
want to buy toner cartridges, contact Brother Customer Service or your Brother Dealer.
DO NOT unpack the new toner cartridge until you are ready to install it.
If a toner cartridge is left unpacked for a long time, the toner life will be shortened.
Brother strongly recommends you DO NOT refill the toner cartridge provided with your machine. We
also strongly recommend you continue to use only Brother Original replacement toner cartridges. Use
or attempted use of third-party toner and/or cartridges in the Brother machine may cause damage to the
machine and/or may result in unsatisfactory print quality. Our limited warranty coverage does not apply
to any problem that is caused by the use of third party toner and/or cartridges. To protect your
investment and obtain premium performance from the Brother machine, we strongly recommend the
use of Brother Original Supplies.
Related Information
Replace Supplies
Improve the Print Quality
311
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Drum Unit
Replace the Drum Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
3. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
4. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
5. Unpack the new drum unit.
6. Remove the protective cover.
312
7. Hold the handle of the toner cartridge and gently push it away from you to unlock it. Pull it up and out of the
drum unit. Repeat this for all toner cartridges.
8. Reinsert the toner cartridge into the new drum unit and gently pull it toward you until you hear it lock into
place. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the drum unit. Repeat
this for all toner cartridges.
BK
BK
C
M
Y
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
9. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
313
2
1
10. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
2
11. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
12. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
13. Close the machine's front cover.
NOTE
Drum wear and tear occurs due to use and rotation of the drum and interaction with paper, toner and
other materials in the paper path. In designing this product, Brother decided to use the number of
rotations of the drum as a reasonable determinant of the drum life. When a drum reaches the factory-
established rotation limit corresponding to the rated page yield, the product’s LCD will advise you to
replace the drum. The product will continue to function; however, print quality may not be optimal.
If an unpacked drum unit is placed in direct sunlight (or room light for long periods of time), the unit may
be damaged.
There are many factors that determine the actual drum life, such as the temperature, humidity, type of
paper, type of toner used and so on. Under ideal conditions, the average drum life is estimated at
approximately 30,000 pages based on 1 page per job and 50,000 pages based on 3 pages per job [A4/
314
letter simplex pages]. The number of pages may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not
limited to media type and media size.
Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life, we cannot
guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum.
For best performance, use only Brother Original toner.
The machine should be used only in a clean, dust-free environment with adequate ventilation.
Printing with a non-Brother drum unit may reduce not only the print quality but also the quality and life of
the machine itself. Warranty coverage does not apply to problems caused by the use of a non-Brother
drum unit.
Related Information
Replace Supplies
Error and Maintenance Messages
Improve the Print Quality
315
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Belt Unit
Replace the Belt Unit
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
3. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
4. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
5. Hold the green handle of the belt unit with both hands and lift the belt unit up, then pull it out.
316
6. Unpack the new belt unit and install the new belt unit in the machine. Make sure the belt unit is level and fits
firmly into place.
NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
7. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
2
1
8. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
317
2
9. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
10. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
11. Close the machine's front cover.
Related Information
Replace Supplies
Improve the Print Quality
318
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Supplies > Replace the Waste Toner Box
Replace the Waste Toner Box
Before starting the replacement procedure, see Related Information: Replace Supplies.
1. Make sure the machine is turned on.
2. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
3. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
4. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
5. Hold the green handle of the belt unit with both hands and lift the belt unit up, then pull it out.
319
NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
6. Remove the two pieces of orange packing material and discard them.
This step is only necessary when you are replacing the waste toner box for the first time, and is not
required for the replacement waste toner box. The orange packing pieces are installed at the factory to
protect your machine during shipment.
7. Hold the blue handle of the waste toner box and remove the waste toner box from the machine.
DO NOT reuse the waste toner box.
8. Unpack the new waste toner box and install the new waste toner box in the machine using the blue handle.
Make sure the waste toner box is level and fits firmly into place.
320
9. Slide the belt unit back into the machine. Make sure the belt unit is level and fits firmly into place.
NOTE
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
10. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
2
1
11. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
321
2
12. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
13. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
14. Close the machine's front cover.
Related Information
Replace Supplies
322
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine
Clean the Machine
Clean the outside and inside of the machine regularly with a dry, lint-free cloth.
When you replace the toner cartridge or the drum unit, make sure you clean the inside of the machine. If printed
pages are stained with toner, clean the inside of the machine with a dry, lint-free cloth.
WARNING
DO NOT use flammable substances, any type of spray, or an organic solvent/liquid containing alcohol or
ammonia to clean the inside or outside of the product. Doing so could cause a fire. Instead, use only a
dry, lint-free cloth.
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel. It may crack the panel.
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the shaded parts shown in the illustrations.
Toner cartridge
Drum unit
Belt unit
323
Waste toner box
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Clean the Laser Scanner Windows
Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Clean the Corona Wires
Clean the Drum Unit
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
324
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Laser Scanner Windows
Clean the Laser Scanner Windows
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
3. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
4. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
5. Wipe the four laser scanner windows (1) with a dry, soft, lint-free cloth.
325
1
6. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
2
1
7. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
2
8. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
9. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
10. Close the machine's front cover.
326
11. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
Clean the Machine
327
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Clean the Touchscreen LCD
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
IMPORTANT
DO NOT use any type of liquid cleaners (including ethanol).
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Clean the Touchscreen with a dry, soft lint-free cloth.
3. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
Clean the Machine
328
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Corona Wires
Clean the Corona Wires
1. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
2. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
3. Hold the handle of the toner cartridge and gently push it away from you to unlock it. Pull it up and out of the
drum unit. Repeat this for all toner cartridges.
4. Clean the corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the green tab from left to right and right to left
several times. Repeat this for all the corona wires.
1
To avoid poor print quality, be sure to lock the green tab into the home position (1), flush left with the left
side of the drum.
5. Insert the toner cartridge into the drum unit and gently pull it toward you until you hear it lock into place. Make
sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the drum unit. Repeat this for all
toner cartridges.
329
BK
BK
C
M
Y
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
6. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
7. Close the machine's front cover.
Related Information
Clean the Machine
Error and Maintenance Messages
330
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Drum Unit
Clean the Drum Unit
If your printout has black or white dots or other repeating marks at 94 mm intervals, the drum may have foreign
material, such as glue from a label, stuck on the drum surface.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode.
2. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Print Reports]. Press OK.
b. Select [Drum Dot Print]. Press OK.
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
3. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
4. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
5. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
6. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
331
7. Hold the handle of the toner cartridge and gently push it away from you to unlock it. Pull it up and out of the
drum unit. Repeat this for all toner cartridges.
8. Turn the drum unit over by holding the green handles. Make sure that the drum unit gears (1) are on the left
side.
1
9. Use the numbered markers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a cyan dot in column 2 on
the check sheet would mean that there is a mark in the “2” region of the cyan drum.
332
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
10. Hold the drum unit frame with both hands, place your left thumb on the drum unit gear, and roll the drum
toward you by hand while looking at the surface of the suspected area.
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the surface of the drum unit except the edge.
11. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
12. Turn the drum unit over by holding the green handles.
13. Reinsert the toner cartridge into the new drum unit and gently pull it toward you until you hear it lock into
place. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the drum unit. Repeat
this for all toner cartridges.
BK
BK
C
M
Y
BK: Black
333
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
14. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
2
1
15. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
2
16. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
17. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
18. Close the machine's front cover.
19. Press to turn the machine on.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Make sure the machine is in Ready Mode.
334
2. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Print Reports] > [Drum Dot Print].
3. Press [Yes].
The machine prints the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
4. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
5. Press the front cover release button and pull open the front cover.
6. Hold the drum unit's green handle. Pull the drum unit out of the machine until it stops.
7. Turn the green lock lever (1) counterclockwise until it locks in the release position. Holding the green handles
of the drum unit, lift the front of the drum unit and remove it from the machine.
2
1
IMPORTANT
Hold the green handles of the drum unit when you carry it. DO NOT hold the sides of the drum unit.
8. Hold the handle of the toner cartridge and gently push it away from you to unlock it. Pull it up and out of the
drum unit. Repeat this for all toner cartridges.
335
9. Turn the drum unit over by holding the green handles. Make sure that the drum unit gears (1) are on the left
side.
1
10. Use the numbered markers next to the drum roller to find the mark. For example, a cyan dot in column 2 on
the check sheet would mean that there is a mark in the “2” region of the cyan drum.
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
11. Hold the drum unit frame with both hands, place your left thumb on the drum unit gear, and roll the drum
toward you by hand while looking at the surface of the suspected area.
336
To avoid print quality problems, DO NOT touch the surface of the drum unit except the edge.
12. Wipe the surface of the drum gently with a dry cotton swab until the mark on the surface comes off.
NOTE
DO NOT clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object or any liquids.
13. Turn the drum unit over by holding the green handles.
14. Reinsert the toner cartridge into the new drum unit and gently pull it toward you until you hear it lock into
place. Make sure that you match the toner cartridge colour to the same colour label on the drum unit. Repeat
this for all toner cartridges.
BK
BK
C
M
Y
BK: Black
C: Cyan
M: Magenta
Y: Yellow
Make sure you put the toner cartridge in correctly or it may separate from the drum unit.
15. Make sure the green lock lever (1) is in the release position, as shown in the illustration.
337
2
1
16. Gently slide the drum unit into the machine until it stops at the green lock lever.
2
17. Turn the green lock lever clockwise to the lock position.
2
18. Using the green handle, push the drum unit back into the machine until it locks in place.
19. Close the machine's front cover.
20. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
Clean the Machine
Improve the Print Quality
338
Home > Routine Maintenance > Clean the Machine > Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Clean the Paper Pick-up Rollers
Cleaning the paper pick-up rollers periodically may prevent paper jams by ensuring that paper feeds properly.
If you have paper feed problems, clean the pick-up rollers as follows:
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off.
2. Pull the paper tray completely out of the machine.
3. If paper is loaded or something is stuck inside in the paper tray, remove it.
4. Tightly wring out a lint-free cloth soaked in lukewarm water, and then wipe the separator pad on the paper
tray to remove dust.
5. Wipe the two pick-up rollers inside the machine to remove dust.
6. Reload the paper and put the paper tray firmly back in the machine.
7. Press to turn the machine on.
Related Information
Clean the Machine
Printing Problems
339
Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output
Calibrate Colour Output
The output density for each colour may vary depending on the machine’s environment, including factors like
temperature and humidity. Calibrating your machine helps improve the output colour density.
If you are using the Macintosh printer driver, the printer driver automatically retrieves the calibration data. To
retrieve the data manually, you must perform the calibration using Brother's Status Monitor.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [ColourCorrection]. Press OK.
c. Select [Calibration]. Press OK.
d. Select [Calibrate]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select the [Yes] option.
Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes.
3. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Toner] > [Calibration] > [Calibrate].
2. Press [Yes].
Calibration starts automatically, and will take a few minutes.
3. Press .
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
Improve the Print Quality
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Windows®)
Monitor the Status of the Machine from Your Computer (Macintosh)
340
Home > Routine Maintenance > Calibrate Colour Output > Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
Reset the Machine's Calibration Settings
If the output colour differs from what you see on your monitor, try resetting your machine's calibration
parameters.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [ColourCorrection]. Press OK.
c. Select [Calibration]. Press OK.
d. Select [Reset]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select the [Yes] option.
3. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Toner] > [Calibration] > [Reset].
2. Press [Yes].
3. Press .
Related Information
Calibrate Colour Output
341
Home > Routine Maintenance > Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
Correct Colour Print Alignment (Colour Registration)
If solid areas of colour or images have cyan, magenta or yellow fringes, use the Colour Registration function.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Printer]. Press OK.
b. Select [ColourCorrection]. Press OK.
c. Select [Registration]. Press OK.
2. Press a to select the [Yes] option.
Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more.
3. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Toner] > [Registration].
2. Press [Yes].
Colour registration starts automatically, and will take around 10 seconds or more.
3. Press .
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
342
Home > Routine Maintenance > Check the Remaining Part Life
Check the Remaining Part Life
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Machine Info.]. Press OK.
b. Select [Parts Life]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the machine part you want to check, and then press OK.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life.
3. Press Cancel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Machine Information] > [Parts Life].
2. Press a or b to display the machine parts, and then press the machine part you want to check.
The LCD displays the approximate remaining part life.
3. Press .
To display the approximate remaining life of toner cartridges, press [Toner] > [Toner Life] .
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
343
Home > Routine Maintenance > Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
Pack and Ship Your Brother Machine
WARNING
This product is heavy and weighs more than 21.8 kg. To prevent possible injuries, at least two people
should lift the product by holding it at the front and back.
When you move the machine, carry the machine as shown in the illustration below.
If the machine has the Optional Tray(s) installed, remove the Optional Tray(s) BEFORE moving the
machine. Attempting to move the machine without removing the Optional Tray(s) may cause injury to you
or damage to the machine.
Pack the Optional Tray(s) separately in its original carton with original packing material.
If for any reason you must ship your machine, carefully repack the machine in the original packaging to
avoid any damage during transit. The machine should be adequately insured with the carrier.
1. Press and hold to turn the machine off. Leave the machine off for at least 10 minutes to cool down.
2. Disconnect all the cables, and then unplug the power cord from the electrical socket.
3. Put the machine into the bag it originally came in.
4. Pack the machine, the printed materials, and the AC power cord (if applicable) in the original carton with the
original packing material as shown.
344
5. Close the carton and tape it shut.
6. If you have a Lower Tray, repack it as shown.
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
345
Home > Routine Maintenance > Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
Replace Periodic Maintenance Parts
Replace the following parts regularly to maintain print quality. The parts listed below must be replaced after
printing approximately 50,000 pages 1 for the PF Kit MP and 100,000 pages 1 for the other parts.
Contact Brother customer service or your local Brother dealer when the following message appears on the LCD:
LCD Message Description
Replace Fuser 2 Replace the Fuser Unit.
Replace Laser 2 Replace the Laser Unit.
Replace PF Kit 1 2 Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Paper Tray.
Replace PF Kit 2 2 3 Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Optional Tray(s).
Replace PF Kit MP 2 Replace the Paper Feeding Kit for the Multi-purpose Tray.
Related Information
Routine Maintenance
1Letter or A4 size 1-sided pages
2Replacement frequency depends on the complexity of printed pages, percentage of coverage, and the type of media used.
3If you use the Optional Tray(s) with your machine, this message will appear on the LCD. When the machine has multiple Optional Trays, the
machine displays messages using numbers corresponding to each Optional Tray.
346
Home > Machine Settings
Machine Settings
Customise settings and features, create shortcuts, and work with options displayed on the machine's LCD to
make your Brother machine a more efficient work tool.
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
347
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel
General Settings
Settings and Features Tables
348
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings
General Settings
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
About Deep Sleep Mode
Set Auto Power Off Mode
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Reduce Toner Consumption
Reduce Printing Noise
Change the Language on the LCD
349
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Sleep Mode Countdown
Set Sleep Mode Countdown
The Sleep Mode (or Power Save Mode) setting can reduce power consumption. Select how long the machine
must be idle before it goes into Sleep Mode. The Sleep Mode timer is reset when the machine receives a print
job.
When the machine is in Sleep Mode, it acts as if it is turned off. The machine will wake up and start printing
when it receives a print job. Use these instructions to set a time delay (countdown) before the machine enters
Sleep Mode.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Ecology]. Press OK.
c. Select [Sleep Time]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to enter the length of time, in minutes, that the machine should remain idle before entering Sleep
Mode.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Sleep Time].
2. Enter the length of time (maximum 50 minutes) the machine will remain idle before entering Sleep Mode, and
then press [OK].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
350
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > About
Deep Sleep Mode
About Deep Sleep Mode
If the machine is in Sleep Mode and does not receive any jobs for certain length of time, the machine will
automatically enter Deep Sleep Mode. The length of time is based on your specific model and settings.
Deep Sleep Mode uses less power than Sleep Mode.
Applicable Models Machine's LCD in Deep Sleep Mode Conditions That Will Wake the
Machine
HL-L8260CDW The LCD displays Deep Sleep. The machine receives a job.
Someone presses a button on the
control panel.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW The LCD backlight turns off and the
Power LED brightens and dims.
The machine receives a job.
Someone presses , or the
Touchscreen LCD.
Related Information
General Settings
351
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Set
Auto Power Off Mode
Set Auto Power Off Mode
If the machine is in Deep Sleep Mode for certain length of time, based on your model and settings, the machine
will go into Power Off Mode automatically. The machine does not go into Power Off Mode when the machine is
connected to a network or has secure print data in the memory.
To start printing, press on the control panel and then send a print job.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Ecology]. Press OK.
c. Select [Auto Power Off]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the option you want.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Auto Power Off].
2. Press a or b to display the length of time the machine will remain idle before entering Power Off Mode, and
then press the option you want.
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
352
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Adjust
the LCD Backlight Brightness
Adjust the LCD Backlight Brightness
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
If you are having difficulty reading the LCD, changing the brightness setting may help.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Backlight].
2. Press the option you want.
[Light]
[Med]
[Dark]
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
353
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Change How Long the LCD Backlight Stays On
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
Set how long the LCD backlight stays on.
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [LCD Settings] > [Dim Timer].
2. Press the option you want.
[10Secs]
[30Secs]
[1Min]
[2Mins]
[3Mins]
[5Mins]
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
354
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Toner Consumption
Reduce Toner Consumption
Using the Toner Save feature may reduce toner consumption. When Toner Save is set to on, the print on your
documents appears lighter.
We DO NOT recommend using the Toner Save feature for printing photo or greyscale images.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Ecology]. Press OK.
c. Select [Toner Save]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Toner Save].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
Improve the Print Quality
355
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Reduce
Printing Noise
Reduce Printing Noise
The Quiet Mode setting can reduce printing noise. When Quiet Mode is turned on, the print speed becomes
slower. The factory setting is off.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [General Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Ecology]. Press OK.
c. Select [Quiet Mode]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select the [On] or [Off] option.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [General Setup] > [Ecology] > [Quiet Mode].
2. Press [On] or [Off].
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
356
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > General Settings > Change
the Language on the LCD
Change the Language on the LCD
Change the LCD language if needed.
This feature is not available in some countries.
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
1. Press a or b to select the following:
a. Select [Initial Setup]. Press OK.
b. Select [Local Language]. Press OK.
2. Press a or b to select your language.
3. Press Go.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
1. Press [Settings] > [All Settings] > [Initial Setup] > [Local Language].
2. Press your language.
3. Press .
Related Information
General Settings
357
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables
Settings and Features Tables
The Settings tables will help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the machine’s
programs.
Access Menus and Change Your Machine's Settings
Settings Tables (HL-L8260CDW)
Settings Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Feature Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
358
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Access Menus and Change Your Machine's Settings
Access Menus and Change Your Machine's Settings
Related Models: HL-L8260CDW
Use the control panel to access the machine's menus and change various settings.
1. Scroll through each menu level by pressing a or b.
2. When the option you want appears on the LCD, press OK.
The LCD displays the next menu level.
3. Press a or b to scroll to your selection.
4. Press OK or Go.
5. When you have finished setting an option, the LCD displays a confirmation message.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
359
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (HL-L8260CDW)
Settings Tables (HL-L8260CDW)
Related Models: HL-L8260CDW
Use these tables to understand the various menus and options that you will use to set your preferences on the
machine.
[General Setup]
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
Tray Setting Paper Type MP Tray Select the paper type that matches the paper in the MP tray.
Tray1 Select the paper type that matches the paper in the standard
paper tray.
Tray2
1
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 2).
Tray3
1
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 3).
Tray4
1
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 4).
Paper Size MP Tray Select the size of paper you loaded in the MP tray.
Tray1 Select the size of paper you loaded in the standard paper
tray.
Tray2
1
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray (Tray
2).
Tray3
1
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray (Tray
3).
Tray4
1
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray (Tray
4).
Check Size - Select whether to display a message telling you to check that
the size of the paper in the machine and the machine's Paper
Size setting match.
Tray Use - Select the tray that will be used.
Priority - When the Auto option is selected in the Tray Use menu,
select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that
contain paper of the same size.
Ecology Toner Save - Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time - Set how much time will pass before the machine enters
Power Saving Mode.
Quiet Mode - Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power Off - Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in Deep
Sleep Mode before going into Power Off Mode.
Panel Control Button Repeat -Set the time for the LCD message to change when holding a
or b at intervals.
Message Scroll - Set the time in seconds that an LCD message will scroll
across the LCD. From Level 1=0.2 sec to Level 10=2.0 sec.
LCD Contrast - Adjust the contrast of the LCD.
Auto Online - Set the machine to return to Ready Mode after it has been
idle for 30 seconds.
360
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
Setting Lock Set Password - Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine’s
settings.
On -
New Passwd:XXXX
(Available only when
you enter the password
for the first time.)
-
Interface Select - Select the interface to use.
If you select the Auto option, the machine changes the
interface to USB or Network depending on which interface is
receiving data.
Auto IF Time - Set the time-out period for the auto interface selection.
Input Buffer - Increase or decrease the input buffer capacity.
1Available if the Lower Tray(s) is installed.
[Printer]
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
Emulation - - Choose the emulation mode.
Quality - - Select the print quality.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet Print the font list and samples of HP LaserJet.
BR-Script 3 Print the font list and samples of BR-Script.
Test Print - Print the test page.
2-sided 2-sided Print - Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
Single Image - For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided
image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce
printing time.
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper, you
must select the 2-sided Feed option. If you select
1-sided Feed for letterhead or preprinted paper,
the last page will be printed on the reverse side.
Auto Continue - - Select if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors or media type errors automatically, and use
paper from other trays.
Output Colour - - Set the output colour.
Paper Type - - Set the type of paper.
Paper Size - - Set the size of paper.
Copies - - Set the number of printed pages.
Orientation - - Set pages to print in either portrait or landscape
orientation.
Print Position X Offset - Move the print start position (at the top-left corner of
pages) horizontally up to -500 (left) to +500 (right)
dots in 300 dpi.
Y Offset - Move the print start position (at the top-left corner of
pages) vertically up to -500 (up) to +500 (down) dots
in 300 dpi.
Auto FF - - Allow the machine to print any remaining data
automatically.
HP LaserJet Font No. - Set the font number.
Font Pitch - Set the font pitch.
361
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
HP LaserJet (Available for certain font numbers)
Font Point - Set the font size.
(Available for certain font numbers)
Symbol Set - Select the symbol or character set.
Table Print - Print the code table.
Auto LF - ON: CR -> CR+LF, OFF: CR -> CR
Auto CR - ON: LF -> LF+CR, FF -> FF+CR, or VT -> VT+CR
OFF: LF -> LF, FF -> FF, or VT -> VT
Auto WRAP - Choose whether a line feed and carriage return will
happen when the machine reaches the right margin.
Auto SKIP - Choose whether a line feed and carriage return will
happen when the carriage position reaches the
bottom margin.
Left Margin - Set the left margin at column 0 to 70 columns at 1
cpi.
Right Margin - Set the right margin at column 10 to 80 columns at 1
cpi.
Top Margin - Set the top margin distance from the top edge of the
paper.
Bottom Margin - Set the bottom margin distance from the bottom edge
of the paper.
Lines - Set the number of lines on each page.
Tray Command - Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when
you use the HP drivers.
BR-Script 3 Error Print - Choose whether the machine prints the error
information when errors occur.
CAPT - Use CAPT (Colour Advanced Printing Technology)
for optimal print quality when printing a PS file
created by a non-Brother PS driver.
Colours and photos appear clearer and more
accurate. Print speed will be slower.
ColourCorrection Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct
colours.
Reset Reset the calibration parameters to the default
settings.
Registration - Align the print position of each colour.
Auto Correction - Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and
Registration automatically.
Colour Settings Setting Mode Select whether to apply the colour print settings of
the machine or the printer driver.
Colour Mode Select the colour mode.
Improve Gray Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded
areas.
Enhance
Black
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print
correctly.
Brightness Adjust the brightness.
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
Red Adjust the red colour.
362
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
ColourCorrection Colour Settings Green Adjust the green colour.
Blue Adjust the blue colour.
[Network] (HL-L8260CDW)
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description
Wired LAN TCP/IP Boot Method - Choose the IP method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS Config - Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary Specify the primary DNS server's IP address.
Secondary Specify the secondary DNS server's IP address.
IP Boot
Tries
- Specify the number of attempts the machine will
try to obtain an IP address when the Boot
Method is set to any setting except Static.
APIPA - Allocate the IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
1
IPv6 - Enable or disable the IPv6 protocol.
Ethernet - - Choose the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status - - Display the Ethernet link status.
MAC Address - - Display the MAC address of the machine.
Set to Default - - Restore wired network settings of your machine
to the factory settings.
Wired Enable - - Turn the wired interface on or off.
WLAN TCP/IP Boot Method - Choose the IP method that best suits your
needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS Config - Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary WINS
server.
Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary WINS
server.
DNS Server Primary Specify the primary DNS server's IP address.
Secondary Specify the secondary DNS server's IP address.
363
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description
WLAN TCP/IP IP Boot
Tries
- Specify the number of attempts the machine will
try to obtain an IP address when the Boot
Method is set to any setting except Static.
APIPA - Allocate the IP address from the link-local
address range automatically.
1
IPv6 - Enable or disable the IPv6 protocol.
Setup Wizard - - Configure the wireless network settings using
the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant - - Configure your wireless network settings using
the Brother installation disc.
WPS - - Configure your wireless network settings using
the one-button push method.
WPS w/ PIN
Code
- - Configure the wireless network settings using
WPS with a PIN code.
WLAN Status Status - Display the wireless Ethernet link status.
Signal - Display the signal condition.
Channel - Display the channel in use when the wireless
network is active.
Speed - Display the connection speed when the wireless
network is active.
SSID - Display SSID.
Comm. Mode - Display the current Communication Mode.
MAC Address - - Display the MAC address of the machine.
Set to Default - - Restore wireless network settings of your
machine to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable - - Turn the wireless interface on or off.
Wi-Fi
Direct
Push Button - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using the one-button push method quickly.
PIN Code - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
using WPS with a PIN code quickly.
Manual - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network settings
manually.
Group Owner - - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device Info. Device Name - View your machine's device name.
SSID - Display the Group Owner's SSID.
IP Address - Display your machine's IP Address.
Status Info. Status - Display the Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal - Display the current Wi-Fi Direct network signal
strength.
When your machine acts as Group Owner, the
LCD always displays Strong.
Channel - Display the channel in use when the Wi-Fi
Direct network is active.
Speed - Display the connection speed when the Wi-Fi
Direct network is active.
I/F Enable - - Enable or disable the Wi-Fi Direct connection.
364
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Description
IPsec - - - IPsec is an optional security feature of the IP
protocol that provides authentication and
encryption services. We recommend contacting
your network administrator before changing this
setting.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings of your machine to
the factory settings.
1On connection to the network, if the machine's ‘Boot Method’ is ‘Auto’ the machine will attempt to set the IP address and Subnet Mask
from a boot server such as DHCP. If a boot server cannot be found, an APIPA IP address will be allocated, such as 169. 254. [001-254].
[000-255]. If the ‘Boot Method’ of the machine is set to ‘Static’ you must manually enter an IP address from the machine's control panel.
[Print Reports]
Level 2 Description
Printer Settings Print the Printer Settings page.
Network Config Print the Network Configuration Report.
Print File List Print a list of data saved in the memory.
WLAN Report
(For wireless network models)
Print the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis result.
Drum Dot Print Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
[Machine Info.]
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Description
Serial No. - - Display the machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version - Display the main firmware version.
Sub1 Version - Display the sub firmware version.
Page Counter Total - Display the total printed pages.
Colour - Display the total colour printed pages.
Black and White - Display the total monochrome printed pages.
Parts Life 1 Toner Black(BK) Display the remaining life of the toner cartridge.
Cyan(C)
Magenta(M)
Yellow(Y)
Drum - Display the remaining life of the drum unit.
Belt - Display the remaining life of the belt unit.
Fuser - Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.
Laser - Display the remaining life of the laser unit.
PF Kit MP - Display the remaining life of the PF kit MP.
PF Kit 1 - Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.
PF Kit 2 2- Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 2.
PF Kit 3 2- Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 3.
PF Kit 4 2- Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 4.
1Life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
2Available if the Lower Tray(s) is installed.
365
[Initial Setup]
Level 2 Level 3 Description
Reset Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Paper
Type.
Network Reset Restore all network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
Factory Reset Reset the machine and restore the printer settings (including command
settings) to the factory settings.
Local Language - Select the LCD language for your country.
[Direct Print]
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Description
Direct
Print
(Select the file you want
to print out.)
Paper Size Set the paper size when printing directly from a USB
flash drive.
Paper Type Set the print media type when printing directly from a
USB flash drive.
Multiple Page Set the page layout when printing multiple pages
directly from a USB flash drive.
Orientation Select the page orientation when printing directly from
a USB flash drive.
2-sided Select whether to print on both sides of the paper
when printing directly from a USB flash drive.
Collate Enable or disable page collation when printing directly
from a USB flash drive.
Tray Use Select the paper tray that will be used when printing
directly from a USB flash drive.
Print Quality Set the print quality option when printing directly from
a USB flash drive.
PDF Option Set the USB Direct Print setting to print either
comments (Markup) or stamps in the PDF file, along
with the text.
Output Colour Select Colour or Black & White when printing directly
from a USB flash drive.
Index Print - Print a thumbnail page.
Default Settings Paper Size Set the paper size when printing directly from a USB
flash drive.
Paper Type Set the print media type when printing directly from a
USB flash drive.
Multiple Page Set the page layout when printing multiple pages
directly from a USB flash drive.
Orientation Select the page orientation when printing directly from
a USB flash drive.
2-sided Select whether to print on both sides of the paper
when printing directly from a USB flash drive.
Collate Enable or disable page collation when printing directly
from a USB flash drive.
Print Quality Set the print quality option when printing directly from
a USB flash drive.
PDF Option Set the USB Direct Print setting to print either
comments (Markup) or stamps in the PDF file, along
with the text.
366
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Description
Direct
Print
Default Settings Index Print Set the default index print option to simple format or
details.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
367
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Settings Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Settings Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
[Settings]
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Toner Toner Life - View the approximate remaining toner life.
Test Print - Print a test page.
Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration - Align the print position of each colour.
Network - - Access the Network setting menus.
Tray Setting - - Access the tray setting menus.
Wi-Fi Direct - - Access the Wi-Fi Direct setting menus.
All Settings - - Configure the detailed settings.
[All Settings] > [General Setup]
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Tray Setting Paper Type MP Tray Select the paper type that matches the paper in the MP tray.
Tray 1 Select the paper type that matches the paper in the
standard paper tray.
Tray 2
1
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 2).
Tray 3
2
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 3).
Tray 4
2
Select the paper type that matches the paper in the Optional
Tray (Tray 4).
Paper Size MP Tray Select the size of paper you loaded in the MP tray.
Tray 1 Select the size of paper you loaded in the standard paper
tray.
Tray 2
1
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray
(Tray 2).
Tray 3
2
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray
(Tray 3).
Tray 4
2
Select the size of paper you loaded in the Optional Tray
(Tray 4).
Paper Low
Notice
Paper Low
Notice
Select whether to display a message telling you that the
paper tray is nearly empty.
Notice
Level
Select the minimum paper level that will trigger the
message.
Check Size - Select whether to display a message telling you to check
that the size of the paper in the machine and the machine's
Paper Size setting match.
Tray Use - Select the tray that will be used.
368
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Tray Setting Priority - When the Auto option is selected in the Tray Use menu,
select the order in which the machine uses paper trays that
contain paper of the same size.
LCD Settings Backlight - Adjust the brightness of the LCD backlight.
Dim Timer - Set how long the LCD backlight stays on after the last finger
press.
Ecology Toner Save - Increase the page yield of the toner cartridge.
Sleep Time - Set how much time will pass before the machine enters
Power Saving Mode.
Quiet Mode - Decrease printing noise.
Auto Power Off - Set the number of hours that the machine will remain in
Deep Sleep Mode before going into Power Off Mode.
Setting Lock Set Password - Restrict unauthorised users from changing the machine’s
settings.
Lock OffOn -
New Password:
(Available only when
you enter the
password for the first
time.)
-
Interface Select - Select the interface to use.
If you select the Auto option, the machine changes the
interface to USB or Network depending on which interface is
receiving data.
Auto IF Time - Set the time-out period for the auto interface selection.
Input Buffer - Increase or decrease the input buffer capacity.
1(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW) Available if the Optional Tray(s) is installed.
2Available if the Optional Tray(s) is installed.
[All Settings] > [Printer]
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Emulation - - Choose the emulation mode.
Quality - - Select the print quality.
Print Options Font List HP LaserJet Print the font list and samples of HP LaserJet.
BR-Script 3 Print the font list and samples of BR-Script.
Test Print - Print the test page.
2-sided 2-sided Print - Select whether to print on both sides of the paper.
Single Image - For a print job where the last page is a 1-sided
image, select the 1-sided Feed option to reduce
printing time.
When you use letterhead or preprinted paper, you
must select the 2-sided Feed option. If you select
1-sided Feed for letterhead or preprinted paper,
the last page will be printed on the reverse side.
Auto Continue - - Select if you want the machine to clear paper size
errors or media type errors automatically, and use
paper from other trays.
Output Colour - - Set the output colour.
Paper Type - - Set the type of paper.
369
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Paper Size - - Set the size of paper.
Copies - - Set the number of printed pages.
Orientation - - Set pages to print in either portrait or landscape
orientation.
Print Position X Offset - Move the print start position (at the top-left corner of
pages) horizontally up to -500 (left) to +500 (right)
dots in 300 dpi.
Y Offset - Move the print start position (at the top-left corner of
pages) vertically up to -500 (up) to +500 (down) dots
in 300 dpi.
Auto FF - - Allow the machine to print any remaining data
automatically.
HP LaserJet Font No. Font No. Set the font number.
Soft Font No. Set the soft font number.
This menu appears if a soft font is installed on your
Brother machine.
Font Pitch - Set the font pitch.
(Available for certain font numbers)
Font Point - Set the font size.
(Available for certain font numbers)
Symbol Set - Select the symbol or character set.
Table Print - Print the code table.
Auto LF - ON: CR -> CR+LF, OFF: CR -> CR
Auto CR - ON: LF -> LF+CR, FF -> FF+CR, or VT -> VT+CR
OFF: LF -> LF, FF -> FF, or VT -> VT
Auto WRAP - Choose whether a line feed and carriage return will
happen when the machine reaches the right margin.
Auto SKIP - Choose whether a line feed and carriage return will
happen when the carriage position reaches the
bottom margin.
Left Margin - Set the left margin at column 0 to 70 columns at 1
cpi.
Right Margin - Set the right margin at column 10 to 80 columns at 1
cpi.
Top Margin - Set the top margin distance from the top edge of the
paper.
Bottom Margin - Set the bottom margin distance from the bottom
edge of the paper.
Lines - Set the number of lines on each page.
Tray Command - Select this setting if a tray mismatch appears when
you use the HP drivers.
BR-Script 3 Error Print - Choose whether the machine prints the error
information when errors occur.
CAPT - Use CAPT (Colour Advanced Printing Technology)
for optimal print quality when printing a PS file
created by a non-Brother PS driver.
Colours and photos appear clearer and more
accurate. Print speed will be slower.
370
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Descriptions
Colour
Correction
Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct
colours.
Reset Reset the calibration parameters to the default
settings.
Registration - Align the print position of each colour.
Auto Correction - Set the machine to perform Colour Calibration and
Registration automatically.
Colour Settings Setting Mode Select whether to apply the colour print settings of
the machine or the printer driver.
Colour Mode Select the colour mode.
Improve Gray
Color
Turn on or off to improve the image quality of shaded
areas.
Enhance Black
Printing
Turn on or off if a black graphic does not print
correctly.
Brightness Adjust the brightness.
Contrast Adjust the contrast.
Red Adjust the red colour.
Green Adjust the green colour.
Blue Adjust the blue colour.
[All Settings] > [Network]
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN TCP/IP Boot Method - Choose the IP method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary
WINS server.
DNS Server Primary Specify the primary DNS server's IP
address.
Secondary Specify the secondary DNS server's IP
address.
IP Boot Tries - Specify the number of attempts the
machine will try to obtain an IP address
when the Boot Method is set to any
setting except Static.
APIPA - Allocate the IP address from the link-
local address range automatically 1.
IPv6 - Enable or disable the IPv6 protocol.
Ethernet - - Choose the Ethernet link mode.
Wired Status - - Display the Ethernet link status.
371
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wired LAN MAC Address - - Display the MAC address of the
machine.
Set to Default - - Restore wired network settings of your
machine to the factory settings.
Wired Enable - - Turn the wired interface on or off.
WLAN TCP/IP Boot Method - Choose the IP method that best suits
your needs.
IP Address - Enter the IP address.
Subnet Mask - Enter the Subnet mask.
Gateway - Enter the Gateway address.
Node Name - Enter the Node name.
WINS
Configuration
- Select the WINS configuration mode.
WINS Server Primary Specify the IP address of the primary
WINS server.
Secondary Specify the IP address of the secondary
WINS server.
DNS Server Primary Specify the primary DNS server's IP
address.
Secondary Specify the secondary DNS server's IP
address.
IP Boot Tries - Specify the number of attempts the
machine will try to obtain an IP address
when the Boot Method is set to any
setting except Static.
APIPA - Allocate the IP address from the link-
local address range automatically 1.
IPv6 - Enable or disable the IPv6 protocol.
Setup Wizard - - Configure the wireless network settings
using the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant - - Configure your wireless network
settings using the Brother installation
disc.
WPS - - Configure your wireless network
settings using the one-button push
method.
WPS w/ PIN Code - - Configure the wireless network settings
using WPS with a PIN code.
WLAN Status Status - Display the wireless Ethernet link
status.
Signal - Display the signal condition.
SSID - Display SSID.
Comm. Mode - Display the current Communication
Mode.
MAC Address - - Display the MAC address of the
machine.
Set to Default - - Restore wireless network settings of
your machine to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable - - Turn the wireless interface on or off.
372
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Wi-Fi Direct Push Button - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using the one-button push
method quickly.
PIN Code - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings using WPS with a PIN code
quickly.
Manual - - Configure your Wi-Fi Direct network
settings manually.
Group Owner - - Set your machine as the Group Owner.
Device
Information
Device Name - View your machine's device name.
SSID - Display the Group Owner's SSID.
IP Address - Display your machine's IP Address.
Status
Information
Status - Display the Wi-Fi Direct network status.
Signal - Display the current Wi-Fi Direct network
signal strength.
I/F Enable - - Enable or disable the Wi-Fi Direct
connection.
NFC - - - Turn the NFC function on or off.
Web Connect
Settings
Proxy Settings Proxy Connection - Change the web connection settings.
Address -
Port -
User Name -
Password -
IPsec - - - IPsec is an optional security feature of
the IP protocol that provides
authentication and encryption services.
We recommend contacting your
network administrator before changing
this setting.
Network
Reset
- - - Restore all network settings of your
machine to the factory settings.
1On connection to the network, if the machine's ‘Boot Method’ is ‘Auto’ the machine will attempt to set the IP address and Subnet Mask
from a boot server such as DHCP. If a boot server cannot be found, an APIPA IP address will be allocated, such as 169. 254. [001-254].
[000-255]. If the ‘Boot Method’ of the machine is set to ‘Static’ you must manually enter an IP address from the machine's control panel.
[All Settings] > [Print Reports]
Level 3 Descriptions
Printer Settings Print the Printer Settings page.
Network Configuration Print the Network Configuration Report.
Print File List Print a list of data saved in the memory.
WLAN Report Print the wireless LAN connectivity diagnosis result.
Drum Dot Print Print the Drum Dot Check Sheet.
[All Settings] > [Machine Information]
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Serial No. - Display the machine's serial number.
Firmware Version Main Version Display the main firmware version.
373
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Firmware Version Sub1 Version Display the sub firmware version.
Page Counter Total Display the total printed pages.
Colour Display the total colour printed pages.
Black and White Display the total monochrome printed pages.
Parts Life 1 Drum Display the remaining life of the drum unit.
Belt Display the remaining life of the belt unit.
Fuser Display the remaining life of the fuser unit.
Laser Display the remaining life of the laser unit.
PF Kit MP Display the remaining life of the PF kit MP.
PF Kit 1 Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 1.
PF Kit 2 2 Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 2.
PF Kit 3 3Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 3.
PF Kit 4 3Display the remaining life of the PF Kit 4.
1Life is approximate and may vary by type of use.
2(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW) Available if the Optional Tray(s) is installed.
3Available if the Optional Tray(s) is installed.
[All Settings] > [Initial Setup]
Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
Reset Machine Reset Restore all the machine's settings that you have changed, such as Paper
Type.
Network Reset Restore all network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
Factory Reset Reset the machine and restore the printer settings (including command
settings) to the factory settings.
Local Language - Select the LCD language for your country.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
374
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from the Control Panel > Settings and Features
Tables > Feature Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Feature Tables (HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Related Models: HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
(Toner)
Level 2 Level 3 Level 4 Descriptions
(Toner)Toner Life - View the approximate remaining toner life for each colour.
Test Print - Print the test page.
Calibration Calibrate Initiate colour calibration to check and correct colours.
Reset Reset the calibration parameters to the default settings.
Registration - Align the print position of each colour.
(Wi-Fi Setup)
Level 2 Level 3 Descriptions
(Wi-Fi Setup)TCP/IP
1
Change the TCP/IP settings.
Setup Wizard Configure the wireless network settings using the setup wizard.
WLAN Assistant Configure your wireless network settings using the Brother installation
disc.
WPS Configure your wireless network settings using the one-button push
method.
WPS w/ PIN Code
1
Configure the wireless network settings using WPS with a PIN code.
WLAN Status
1
Display the wireless network connection status.
MAC Address
1
Display the MAC address of the machine.
Set to Default
1
Restore wireless network settings of your machine to the factory settings.
WLAN Enable
1
Turn the wireless interface on or off.
1(Available after the Wi-Fi® is set up)
[Web]
Level 3 Descriptions
Web Connect the Brother machine to an Internet service.
Web services may have been added and service names may have been changed by the provider since this
document was published.
375
[Direct Print]
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Direct
Print
(Select the file you want to
print out.)
Print
Settings
Paper Type Set the print media type when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
Paper Size Set the paper size when printing
directly from a USB flash drive.
Multiple
Page
Set the page layout when printing
multiple pages directly from a USB
flash drive.
Orientation Select the page orientation when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
2-sided Select whether to print on both
sides of the paper when printing
directly from a USB flash drive.
Collate Enable or disable page collation
when printing directly from a USB
flash drive.
Tray Use Select the paper tray that will be
used when printing directly from a
USB flash drive.
Print
Quality
Set the print quality option when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
PDF Option Set the USB Direct Print setting to
print either comments (Markup) or
stamps in the PDF file, along with
the text.
Colour Start - Print data in colour directly from the
USB flash drive.
Mono Start - Print data in black directly from the
USB flash drive.
Index Print - - Print a thumbnail page.
DefaultSettings Paper Type - Set the print media type when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
Paper Size - Set the paper size when printing
directly from a USB flash drive.
Multiple Page - Set the page layout when printing
multiple pages directly from a USB
flash drive.
Orientation - Select the page orientation when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
Collate - Enable or disable page collation
when printing directly from a USB
flash drive.
Print Quality - Set the print quality option when
printing directly from a USB flash
drive.
PDF Option - Set the USB Direct Print setting to
print either comments (Markup) or
376
Level 3 Level 4 Level 5 Level 6 Descriptions
Direct
Print
DefaultSettings stamps in the PDF file, along with
the text.
Index Print - Set the default index print option to
simple format or details.
Related Information
Settings and Features Tables
377
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings from Your Computer
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Where Can I Find My Brother Machine's Network Settings?
Network Management Software and Utilities
378
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS).
What is Web Based Management?
Access Web Based Management
Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
Network Management Software and Utilities
379
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > What is Web Based Management?
What is Web Based Management?
Web Based Management is a utility that uses a standard web browser to manage your machine using the Hyper
Text Transfer Protocol (HTTP) or Hyper Text Transfer Protocol over Secure Socket Layer (HTTPS). Type your
machine's IP address into your web browser to access and change your print server settings.
We recommend Microsoft® Internet Explorer® 11 for Windows® and Safari 9 for Macintosh. Make sure
that JavaScript and Cookies are always enabled in whichever browser you use.
You must use the TCP/IP protocol on your network and have a valid IP address programmed into the
print server and your computer.
The actual screen may differ from the screen shown above.
Related Information
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
380
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Access Web Based Management
Access Web Based Management
We recommend using the HTTPS security protocol when configuring settings using Web Based
Management.
When you use HTTPS for Web Based Management configuration, your browser will display a warning
dialog box.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
You can now change the print server settings.
If you change the protocol settings, you must restart the machine after clicking Submit to activate the
configuration.
Related Information
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
Print the Network Configuration Report
381
Home > Machine Settings > Change Machine Settings from Your Computer > Change Machine Settings
Using Web Based Management > Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
Set a Login Password for Web Based Management
We recommend setting a login password to prevent unauthorised access to Web Based Management.
1. Start your web browser.
2. Type "http://machine's IP address" in your browser's address bar (where "machine's IP address" is the
machine's IP address).
For example:
http://192.168.1.2
If you are using a Domain Name System or enable a NetBIOS name, you can type another name, such
as "SharedPrinter" instead of the IP address.
- For example:
http://SharedPrinter
If you enable a NetBIOS name, you can also use the node name.
- For example:
http://brnxxxxxxxxxxxx
The NetBIOS name can be found in the Network Configuration Report.
For Macintosh, access Web Based Management by clicking the machine's icon on the Status Monitor
screen.
3. No password is required by default. Type a password if you have set one, and then click .
4. Click Administrator.
5. Type the password you want to use in the Enter New Password field (8 to 32 characters).
6. Retype the password in the Confirm New Password field.
7. Click Submit.
In the future, every time you access Web Based Management, type the password in the Login field, and then
click .
After configuring the settings, log off by clicking .
If you have not previously set a login password, you can also set a password by clicking the Please
configure the password button on the machine's web page.
Related Information
Change Machine Settings Using Web Based Management
382
Home > Appendix
Appendix
Specifications
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
Supplies
Important Information About Toner Cartridge Life
Accessories
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Brother Numbers
383
Home > Appendix > Specifications
Specifications
General Specifications
Printer Type Laser
Print Method Electrophotographic Laser Printer
Memory Capacity Standard (HL-L8260CDW)
256 MB
(HL-L8360CDW)
512 MB
(HL-L9310CDW)
1 GB
LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) (HL-L8260CDW)
16 characters x 2 lines
(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
2.7 in. (67.5 mm) TFT Colour Touchscreen LCD 1
Power Source 220 to 240 V AC 50/60 Hz
Power Consumption
(Average)
Peak Approximately 1200 W
Printing 2 Approximately 580 W at 25 °C
Printing
(Quiet Mode) 2
Approximately 340 W at 25 °C
Ready 2 Approximately 70 W at 25 °C
Sleep 2 Approximately 10.0 W
Deep Sleep 2 (HL-L8260CDW)
Approximately 1.2 W
(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Approximately 1.5 W
Power Off 3 4 (HL-L8260CDW)
Approximately 0.02 W
(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
Approximately 0.03 W
Dimensions
(Typical outline view)
Unit: mm
(HL-L8260CDW)
* : 410
** : 313
*** : 486
(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW)
* : 441
** : 313
*** : 486
Weights (with supplies) (HL-L8260CDW)
21.8 kg
1Measured diagonally
2Measured when the machine is connected to the USB interface.
3Measured according to IEC 62301 Edition 2.0.
4Power consumption varies slightly depending on the usage environment.
384
(HL-L8360CDW)
21.9 kg
(HL-L9310CDW)
22.2 kg
Noise Level Sound Pressure Printing LpAm = 49 dB (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
LpAm = 44 dB (A)
Ready LpAm = Inaudible
Sound Power Printing 5 6 Monochrome
LWAd = 6.55 B (A)
Colour
LWAd = 6.56 B (A)
Printing
(Quiet Mode)
Monochrome
LWAd = 6.00 B (A)
Colour
LWAd = 6.00 B (A)
Ready 5 6 LWAd = Inaudible
Temperature Operating 10 to 32 °C
Storage 0 to 40 °C
Humidity Operating 20 to 80% (without condensation)
Storage 10 to 90% (without condensation)
Print Media Specifications
Paper Input Paper Tray
(Standard)
Paper Type Plain Paper, Letterhead, Coloured Paper, Thin
Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A5, A5(Long Edge), A6, Executive,
Legal, Folio, Mexico Legal
Paper Weight 60 to 105 g/m2
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper
Multi-Purpose Tray (MP
tray)
Paper Type Plain Paper, Letterhead, Coloured Paper, Thin
Paper, Thick Paper, Thicker Paper, Recycled
Paper, Bond, Label, Envelope, Env. Thin,
Env.Thick, Glossy Paper
Paper Size Width:
76.2 to 215.9 mm
Length:
127 to 355.6 mm
Envelope:
COM-10, DL, C5, Monarch
Paper Weight 60 to 163 g/m2
Maximum Paper
Capacity
Up to 50 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper
Envelope: 10 envelopes up to 10 mm thick
5Measured in accordance with the method described in RAL-UZ171.
6Office equipment with LWAd>6.30 B(A) is not suitable for use in room where people require high levels of concentration. Such equipment
should be placed in separate rooms because of noise emissions.
385
Paper Input Paper Tray 2, 3, 4
(Optional) 1 2
Paper Type Plain Paper, Letterhead, Coloured Paper, Thin
Paper, Recycled Paper
Paper Size A4, Letter, A5, Executive, Legal, Folio, Mexico
Legal
Paper Weight 60 to 105 g/m2
Maximum Paper
Capacity
LT-330CL
Up to 250 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper
LT-340CL 3
Up to 500 sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper
Paper Output
4
Face Down Output Tray Up to 150 Sheets of 80 g/m2 Plain Paper (face
down delivery to the face down output paper
tray)
Face Up Output Tray One sheet (face up delivery to the face up
output tray)
2-sided Automatic 2-sided Printing Paper Type Plain Paper, Letterhead, Coloured Paper, Thin
Paper, Recycled Paper, Glossy Paper
Paper Size A4
Paper Weight 60 to 105 g/m2
1(HL-L8260CDW) Maximum number of Lower Trays: Up to three LT-330CL Lower Trays
2(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW) Maximum number of Lower Trays: Up to three LT-330CL Lower Trays or up to two Lower Trays in any
other combinations
3Applicable to HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
4For labels, we recommend removing the printed sheets from the output paper tray immediately after they exit the machine to avoid the
possibility of smudging.
Printer Specifications
Automatic 2-sided Print Yes
Emulation PCL6, BR-Script3, PDF Version 1.7, XPS Version 1.0
Resolution 600 x 600 dpi, 2,400 dpi class (2400 x 600) quality
Print Speed 7 81-sided print Monochrome
Up to 33 pages/minute (Letter size)
Up to 31 pages/minute (A4 size)
Colour
Up to 33 pages/minute (Letter size)
Up to 31 pages/minute (A4 size)
2-sided Print Monochrome
Up to 14 sides/minute (Up to 7 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
Colour
Up to 14 sides/minute (Up to 7 sheets/minute) (Letter or A4 size)
First Print Time 9Monochrome
Less than 15 seconds at 23 °C / 230 V
Colour
Less than 15 seconds at 23 °C / 230 V
7The print speed may change depending on the type of document you print.
8Print speed may be slower when the machine is connected by wireless LAN.
9From Ready mode and standard tray
386
Computer Requirements Specifications
Supported Operating Systems And Software Functions
Computer Platform & Operating
System Version
PC Interface Processor Hard Disk
Space to
Install
Parallel
(IEEE1284)
USB 1 10Base-T/
100Base-
TX/
1000Base-
T
(Ethernet)
Wireless
802.11b/g/n
Windows®
Operating
System
Windows® 7 / 8 / 8.1 N/A Printing 32 bit (x86)
or 64 bit
(x64)
processor
80 MB
Windows® 10
Home / 10 Pro / 10
Education / 10
Enterprise
Windows Server®
2008
Printing
Windows Server®
2008 R2
64 bit (x64)
processor
Windows Server®
2012
Windows Server®
2012 R2
Windows Server®
2016
Macintosh
Operating
System
macOS v10.10.5 Printing Intel®
Processor
80 MB
macOS v10.11.x
macOS v10.12
1Third party USB ports are not supported.
For the latest driver updates, go to your model's Downloads page on the Brother Solutions Center at
support.brother.com.
All trademarks, brand and product names are the property of their respective companies.
Related Information
Appendix
388
Home > Appendix > How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
How to Enter Text on Your Brother Machine
>> HL-L8260CDW
>> HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
HL-L8260CDW
When text is required, enter characters on the machine. The characters that are available may differ depending
on the operation you perform.
Hold down or repeatedly press a or b to select a character from this list:
0123456789abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ(space)!"#$%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?
@[]^_
Press OK when the character or symbol you want is displayed, and then enter the next character.
Press Back to delete characters entered incorrectly.
HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW
When you must enter text on your Brother machine, a keyboard appears on the LCD.
The characters that are available may differ depending on your country.
The keyboard layout may differ depending on the operation you perform.
Press to cycle between letters, numbers and special characters.
Press to cycle between lowercase and uppercase letters.
To move the cursor to the left or right, press d or c.
Inserting spaces
To enter a space, press [Space].
Making corrections
If you entered a character incorrectly and want to change it, press d or c to move the cursor to the incorrect
character and press . Enter the correct character.
To insert a character, press d or c to move the cursor to the correct place, and then enter the character.
Press for each character you want to erase, or press and hold to erase all the characters.
Related Information
Appendix
389
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network Using the Machine's Control Panel Setup Wizard
Configure Your Machine for a Wireless Network When the SSID Is Not Broadcast
390
Supply Items Supply Model Name Approximate Life
(Page Yield)
Applicable Models
Inbox Toner:
(Supplied with your machine)
Black:
Approximately 3,000
pages 1 2
Cyan / Magenta /
Yellow:
Approximately 1,800
pages 1 2
HL-L8260CDW/HL-L8360CDW
Black:
Approximately 6,500
pages 1 2
Cyan / Magenta /
Yellow:
Approximately 6,500
pages 1 2
HL-L9310CDW
Drum Unit DR-421CL Approximately
30,000 pages 3
HL-L8260CDW/HL-L8360CDW/
HL-L9310CDW
Belt Unit BU-330CL Approximately
50,000 pages 4
HL-L8260CDW/HL-L8360CDW/
HL-L9310CDW
Waste Toner
Box
WT-320CL Approximately
50,000 pages 2
HL-L8260CDW/HL-L8360CDW/
HL-L9310CDW
1Approximate cartridge yield is declared in accordance with ISO/IEC 19798.
2A4 or Letter size 1-sided pages
3Approximately 30,000 pages based on 1 page per job and 50,000 pages based on 3 pages per job [A4/Letter simplex pages]. The
number of pages may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
4Approximately 50,000 pages based on 1 page per job and 130,000 pages based on 3 pages per job [A4/Letter simplex pages]. The
number of pages may be affected due to a variety of factors including but not limited to media type and media size.
Related Information
Appendix
Replace Supplies
392
Home > Appendix > Accessories
Accessories
Availability of accessories may vary depending on your country or region. For more information about the
accessories for your machine, visit www.brother.com/original/index.html or contact your Brother dealer or Brother
customer service.
Model name Items Applicable Models
LT-330CL Lower Tray (250 sheets) HL-L8260CDW/HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW 1 2
LT-340CL Lower Tray (500 sheets) HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW 2
1(HL-L8260CDW) Maximum number of Lower Trays: Up to three LT-330CL Lower Trays
2(HL-L8360CDW/HL-L9310CDW) Maximum number of Lower Trays: Up to three LT-330CL Lower Trays or up to two Lower Trays in any
other combinations
Related Information
Appendix
394
Home > Appendix > Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Information Regarding Recycled Paper
Recycled paper is of the same quality as paper made from original forest sources. Standards governing
modern recycled paper ensure that it meets the highest quality requirements for different printing processes.
The imaging equipment supplied by the VA signatories is suitable for using with recycled paper meeting the
EN 12281:2002 standard.
Purchasing recycled paper saves natural resources and promotes the circular economy. Paper is made using
cellulose fibres from wood. Collecting and recycling paper extends the life of fibres over multiple life cycles,
making the best use of the resources.
The recycled paper production process is shorter. The fibres have already been processed, so less water and
energy, and fewer chemicals are used.
Paper recycling has the benefit of saving carbon by diverting paper products from alternative disposal routes
such as landfill and incineration. Landfill waste emits methane gas, which has a powerful greenhouse effect.
Related Information
Appendix
395
Home > Appendix > Brother Numbers
Brother Numbers
IMPORTANT
For technical help, you must call Brother Customer Service or your local Brother Dealer.
FAQs (Frequently Asked Questions)
The Brother Solutions Center is our one-stop resource for all your Machine needs. Download the latest software
and utilities and read FAQs and troubleshooting tips to learn how to get the most from your Brother product.
Check here for Brother driver updates, too.
support.brother.com
Customer Service
Visit www.brother.com for contact information on your local Brother office.
Service centre locations
For service centres in Europe, contact your local Brother Office. Contact information for European offices can be
found at www.brother.com and selecting your country.
Internet Addresses
Brother Global Web Site: www.brother.com
For Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs), Product Support and Technical Questions, and Driver Updates and
Utilities:
support.brother.com
Related Information
Appendix
396
Visit us on the World Wide Web
www.brother.com
UK
Version 0
399

Hulp nodig? Stel uw vraag in het forum

Spelregels

Misbruik melden

Gebruikershandleiding.com neemt misbruik van zijn services uitermate serieus. U kunt hieronder aangeven waarom deze vraag ongepast is. Wij controleren de vraag en zonodig wordt deze verwijderd.

Product:

Bijvoorbeeld antisemitische inhoud, racistische inhoud, of materiaal dat gewelddadige fysieke handelingen tot gevolg kan hebben.

Bijvoorbeeld een creditcardnummer, een persoonlijk identificatienummer, of een geheim adres. E-mailadressen en volledige namen worden niet als privégegevens beschouwd.

Spelregels forum

Om tot zinvolle vragen te komen hanteren wij de volgende spelregels:

Belangrijk! Als er een antwoord wordt gegeven op uw vraag, dan is het voor de gever van het antwoord nuttig om te weten als u er wel (of niet) mee geholpen bent! Wij vragen u dus ook te reageren op een antwoord.

Belangrijk! Antwoorden worden ook per e-mail naar abonnees gestuurd. Laat uw emailadres achter op deze site, zodat u op de hoogte blijft. U krijgt dan ook andere vragen en antwoorden te zien.

Abonneren

Abonneer u voor het ontvangen van emails voor uw Brother HL-L8360CDW bij:


U ontvangt een email met instructies om u voor één of beide opties in te schrijven.


Ontvang uw handleiding per email

Vul uw emailadres in en ontvang de handleiding van Brother HL-L8360CDW in de taal/talen: Engels als bijlage per email.

De handleiding is 6,4 mb groot.

 

U ontvangt de handleiding per email binnen enkele minuten. Als u geen email heeft ontvangen, dan heeft u waarschijnlijk een verkeerd emailadres ingevuld of is uw mailbox te vol. Daarnaast kan het zijn dat uw internetprovider een maximum heeft aan de grootte per email. Omdat hier een handleiding wordt meegestuurd, kan het voorkomen dat de email groter is dan toegestaan bij uw provider.

Stel vragen via chat aan uw handleiding

Stel uw vraag over deze PDF

Andere handleiding(en) van Brother HL-L8360CDW

Brother HL-L8360CDW Installatiehandleiding - Nederlands - 2 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Snelstart handleiding - Nederlands - 19 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Gebruiksaanwijzing - Nederlands - 411 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Installatiehandleiding - Deutsch - 2 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Snelstart handleiding - Deutsch - 21 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Gebruiksaanwijzing - Deutsch - 419 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Installatiehandleiding - English - 2 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Snelstart handleiding - English - 19 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Installatiehandleiding - Français - 2 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Snelstart handleiding - Français - 21 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Gebruiksaanwijzing - Français - 414 pagina's

Brother HL-L8360CDW Aanvulling / aanpassing - Alle talen - 11 pagina's


Uw handleiding is per email verstuurd. Controleer uw email

Als u niet binnen een kwartier uw email met handleiding ontvangen heeft, kan het zijn dat u een verkeerd emailadres heeft ingevuld of dat uw emailprovider een maximum grootte per email heeft ingesteld die kleiner is dan de grootte van de handleiding.

Er is een email naar u verstuurd om uw inschrijving definitief te maken.

Controleer uw email en volg de aanwijzingen op om uw inschrijving definitief te maken

U heeft geen emailadres opgegeven

Als u de handleiding per email wilt ontvangen, vul dan een geldig emailadres in.

Uw vraag is op deze pagina toegevoegd

Wilt u een email ontvangen bij een antwoord en/of nieuwe vragen? Vul dan hier uw emailadres in.



Info